This is a live mirror of the Perl 5 development currently hosted at https://github.com/perl/perl5
File::Copy & permission bits.
[perl5.git] / lib / perl5db.pl
... / ...
CommitLineData
1
2=head1 NAME
3
4perl5db.pl - the perl debugger
5
6=head1 SYNOPSIS
7
8 perl -d your_Perl_script
9
10=head1 DESCRIPTION
11
12C<perl5db.pl> is the perl debugger. It is loaded automatically by Perl when
13you invoke a script with C<perl -d>. This documentation tries to outline the
14structure and services provided by C<perl5db.pl>, and to describe how you
15can use them.
16
17=head1 GENERAL NOTES
18
19The debugger can look pretty forbidding to many Perl programmers. There are
20a number of reasons for this, many stemming out of the debugger's history.
21
22When the debugger was first written, Perl didn't have a lot of its nicer
23features - no references, no lexical variables, no closures, no object-oriented
24programming. So a lot of the things one would normally have done using such
25features was done using global variables, globs and the C<local()> operator
26in creative ways.
27
28Some of these have survived into the current debugger; a few of the more
29interesting and still-useful idioms are noted in this section, along with notes
30on the comments themselves.
31
32=head2 Why not use more lexicals?
33
34Experienced Perl programmers will note that the debugger code tends to use
35mostly package globals rather than lexically-scoped variables. This is done
36to allow a significant amount of control of the debugger from outside the
37debugger itself.
38
39Unfortunately, though the variables are accessible, they're not well
40documented, so it's generally been a decision that hasn't made a lot of
41difference to most users. Where appropriate, comments have been added to
42make variables more accessible and usable, with the understanding that these
43I<are> debugger internals, and are therefore subject to change. Future
44development should probably attempt to replace the globals with a well-defined
45API, but for now, the variables are what we've got.
46
47=head2 Automated variable stacking via C<local()>
48
49As you may recall from reading C<perlfunc>, the C<local()> operator makes a
50temporary copy of a variable in the current scope. When the scope ends, the
51old copy is restored. This is often used in the debugger to handle the
52automatic stacking of variables during recursive calls:
53
54 sub foo {
55 local $some_global++;
56
57 # Do some stuff, then ...
58 return;
59 }
60
61What happens is that on entry to the subroutine, C<$some_global> is localized,
62then altered. When the subroutine returns, Perl automatically undoes the
63localization, restoring the previous value. Voila, automatic stack management.
64
65The debugger uses this trick a I<lot>. Of particular note is C<DB::eval>,
66which lets the debugger get control inside of C<eval>'ed code. The debugger
67localizes a saved copy of C<$@> inside the subroutine, which allows it to
68keep C<$@> safe until it C<DB::eval> returns, at which point the previous
69value of C<$@> is restored. This makes it simple (well, I<simpler>) to keep
70track of C<$@> inside C<eval>s which C<eval> other C<eval's>.
71
72In any case, watch for this pattern. It occurs fairly often.
73
74=head2 The C<^> trick
75
76This is used to cleverly reverse the sense of a logical test depending on
77the value of an auxiliary variable. For instance, the debugger's C<S>
78(search for subroutines by pattern) allows you to negate the pattern
79like this:
80
81 # Find all non-'foo' subs:
82 S !/foo/
83
84Boolean algebra states that the truth table for XOR looks like this:
85
86=over 4
87
88=item * 0 ^ 0 = 0
89
90(! not present and no match) --> false, don't print
91
92=item * 0 ^ 1 = 1
93
94(! not present and matches) --> true, print
95
96=item * 1 ^ 0 = 1
97
98(! present and no match) --> true, print
99
100=item * 1 ^ 1 = 0
101
102(! present and matches) --> false, don't print
103
104=back
105
106As you can see, the first pair applies when C<!> isn't supplied, and
107the second pair applies when it is. The XOR simply allows us to
108compact a more complicated if-then-elseif-else into a more elegant
109(but perhaps overly clever) single test. After all, it needed this
110explanation...
111
112=head2 FLAGS, FLAGS, FLAGS
113
114There is a certain C programming legacy in the debugger. Some variables,
115such as C<$single>, C<$trace>, and C<$frame>, have I<magical> values composed
116of 1, 2, 4, etc. (powers of 2) OR'ed together. This allows several pieces
117of state to be stored independently in a single scalar.
118
119A test like
120
121 if ($scalar & 4) ...
122
123is checking to see if the appropriate bit is on. Since each bit can be
124"addressed" independently in this way, C<$scalar> is acting sort of like
125an array of bits. Obviously, since the contents of C<$scalar> are just a
126bit-pattern, we can save and restore it easily (it will just look like
127a number).
128
129The problem, is of course, that this tends to leave magic numbers scattered
130all over your program whenever a bit is set, cleared, or checked. So why do
131it?
132
133=over 4
134
135=item *
136
137First, doing an arithmetical or bitwise operation on a scalar is
138just about the fastest thing you can do in Perl: C<use constant> actually
139creates a subroutine call, and array and hash lookups are much slower. Is
140this over-optimization at the expense of readability? Possibly, but the
141debugger accesses these variables a I<lot>. Any rewrite of the code will
142probably have to benchmark alternate implementations and see which is the
143best balance of readability and speed, and then document how it actually
144works.
145
146=item *
147
148Second, it's very easy to serialize a scalar number. This is done in
149the restart code; the debugger state variables are saved in C<%ENV> and then
150restored when the debugger is restarted. Having them be just numbers makes
151this trivial.
152
153=item *
154
155Third, some of these variables are being shared with the Perl core
156smack in the middle of the interpreter's execution loop. It's much faster for
157a C program (like the interpreter) to check a bit in a scalar than to access
158several different variables (or a Perl array).
159
160=back
161
162=head2 What are those C<XXX> comments for?
163
164Any comment containing C<XXX> means that the comment is either somewhat
165speculative - it's not exactly clear what a given variable or chunk of
166code is doing, or that it is incomplete - the basics may be clear, but the
167subtleties are not completely documented.
168
169Send in a patch if you can clear up, fill out, or clarify an C<XXX>.
170
171=head1 DATA STRUCTURES MAINTAINED BY CORE
172
173There are a number of special data structures provided to the debugger by
174the Perl interpreter.
175
176The array C<@{$main::{'_<'.$filename}}> (aliased locally to C<@dbline> via glob
177assignment) contains the text from C<$filename>, with each element
178corresponding to a single line of C<$filename>.
179
180The hash C<%{'_<'.$filename}> (aliased locally to C<%dbline> via glob
181assignment) contains breakpoints and actions. The keys are line numbers;
182you can set individual values, but not the whole hash. The Perl interpreter
183uses this hash to determine where breakpoints have been set. Any true value is
184considered to be a breakpoint; C<perl5db.pl> uses C<$break_condition\0$action>.
185Values are magical in numeric context: 1 if the line is breakable, 0 if not.
186
187The scalar C<${"_<$filename"}> simply contains the string C<_<$filename>.
188This is also the case for evaluated strings that contain subroutines, or
189which are currently being executed. The $filename for C<eval>ed strings looks
190like C<(eval 34)> or C<(re_eval 19)>.
191
192=head1 DEBUGGER STARTUP
193
194When C<perl5db.pl> starts, it reads an rcfile (C<perl5db.ini> for
195non-interactive sessions, C<.perldb> for interactive ones) that can set a number
196of options. In addition, this file may define a subroutine C<&afterinit>
197that will be executed (in the debugger's context) after the debugger has
198initialized itself.
199
200Next, it checks the C<PERLDB_OPTS> environment variable and treats its
201contents as the argument of a C<o> command in the debugger.
202
203=head2 STARTUP-ONLY OPTIONS
204
205The following options can only be specified at startup.
206To set them in your rcfile, add a call to
207C<&parse_options("optionName=new_value")>.
208
209=over 4
210
211=item * TTY
212
213the TTY to use for debugging i/o.
214
215=item * noTTY
216
217if set, goes in NonStop mode. On interrupt, if TTY is not set,
218uses the value of noTTY or F<$HOME/.perldbtty$$> to find TTY using
219Term::Rendezvous. Current variant is to have the name of TTY in this
220file.
221
222=item * ReadLine
223
224if false, a dummy ReadLine is used, so you can debug
225ReadLine applications.
226
227=item * NonStop
228
229if true, no i/o is performed until interrupt.
230
231=item * LineInfo
232
233file or pipe to print line number info to. If it is a
234pipe, a short "emacs like" message is used.
235
236=item * RemotePort
237
238host:port to connect to on remote host for remote debugging.
239
240=item * HistFile
241
242file to store session history to. There is no default and so no
243history file is written unless this variable is explicitly set.
244
245=item * HistSize
246
247number of commands to store to the file specified in C<HistFile>.
248Default is 100.
249
250=back
251
252=head3 SAMPLE RCFILE
253
254 &parse_options("NonStop=1 LineInfo=db.out");
255 sub afterinit { $trace = 1; }
256
257The script will run without human intervention, putting trace
258information into C<db.out>. (If you interrupt it, you had better
259reset C<LineInfo> to something I<interactive>!)
260
261=head1 INTERNALS DESCRIPTION
262
263=head2 DEBUGGER INTERFACE VARIABLES
264
265Perl supplies the values for C<%sub>. It effectively inserts
266a C<&DB::DB();> in front of each place that can have a
267breakpoint. At each subroutine call, it calls C<&DB::sub> with
268C<$DB::sub> set to the called subroutine. It also inserts a C<BEGIN
269{require 'perl5db.pl'}> before the first line.
270
271After each C<require>d file is compiled, but before it is executed, a
272call to C<&DB::postponed($main::{'_<'.$filename})> is done. C<$filename>
273is the expanded name of the C<require>d file (as found via C<%INC>).
274
275=head3 IMPORTANT INTERNAL VARIABLES
276
277=head4 C<$CreateTTY>
278
279Used to control when the debugger will attempt to acquire another TTY to be
280used for input.
281
282=over
283
284=item * 1 - on C<fork()>
285
286=item * 2 - debugger is started inside debugger
287
288=item * 4 - on startup
289
290=back
291
292=head4 C<$doret>
293
294The value -2 indicates that no return value should be printed.
295Any other positive value causes C<DB::sub> to print return values.
296
297=head4 C<$evalarg>
298
299The item to be eval'ed by C<DB::eval>. Used to prevent messing with the current
300contents of C<@_> when C<DB::eval> is called.
301
302=head4 C<$frame>
303
304Determines what messages (if any) will get printed when a subroutine (or eval)
305is entered or exited.
306
307=over 4
308
309=item * 0 - No enter/exit messages
310
311=item * 1 - Print I<entering> messages on subroutine entry
312
313=item * 2 - Adds exit messages on subroutine exit. If no other flag is on, acts like 1+2.
314
315=item * 4 - Extended messages: C<< <in|out> I<context>=I<fully-qualified sub name> from I<file>:I<line> >>. If no other flag is on, acts like 1+4.
316
317=item * 8 - Adds parameter information to messages, and overloaded stringify and tied FETCH is enabled on the printed arguments. Ignored if C<4> is not on.
318
319=item * 16 - Adds C<I<context> return from I<subname>: I<value>> messages on subroutine/eval exit. Ignored if C<4> is is not on.
320
321=back
322
323To get everything, use C<$frame=30> (or C<o f=30> as a debugger command).
324The debugger internally juggles the value of C<$frame> during execution to
325protect external modules that the debugger uses from getting traced.
326
327=head4 C<$level>
328
329Tracks current debugger nesting level. Used to figure out how many
330C<E<lt>E<gt>> pairs to surround the line number with when the debugger
331outputs a prompt. Also used to help determine if the program has finished
332during command parsing.
333
334=head4 C<$onetimeDump>
335
336Controls what (if anything) C<DB::eval()> will print after evaluating an
337expression.
338
339=over 4
340
341=item * C<undef> - don't print anything
342
343=item * C<dump> - use C<dumpvar.pl> to display the value returned
344
345=item * C<methods> - print the methods callable on the first item returned
346
347=back
348
349=head4 C<$onetimeDumpDepth>
350
351Controls how far down C<dumpvar.pl> will go before printing C<...> while
352dumping a structure. Numeric. If C<undef>, print all levels.
353
354=head4 C<$signal>
355
356Used to track whether or not an C<INT> signal has been detected. C<DB::DB()>,
357which is called before every statement, checks this and puts the user into
358command mode if it finds C<$signal> set to a true value.
359
360=head4 C<$single>
361
362Controls behavior during single-stepping. Stacked in C<@stack> on entry to
363each subroutine; popped again at the end of each subroutine.
364
365=over 4
366
367=item * 0 - run continuously.
368
369=item * 1 - single-step, go into subs. The C<s> command.
370
371=item * 2 - single-step, don't go into subs. The C<n> command.
372
373=item * 4 - print current sub depth (turned on to force this when C<too much
374recursion> occurs.
375
376=back
377
378=head4 C<$trace>
379
380Controls the output of trace information.
381
382=over 4
383
384=item * 1 - The C<t> command was entered to turn on tracing (every line executed is printed)
385
386=item * 2 - watch expressions are active
387
388=item * 4 - user defined a C<watchfunction()> in C<afterinit()>
389
390=back
391
392=head4 C<$slave_editor>
393
3941 if C<LINEINFO> was directed to a pipe; 0 otherwise.
395
396=head4 C<@cmdfhs>
397
398Stack of filehandles that C<DB::readline()> will read commands from.
399Manipulated by the debugger's C<source> command and C<DB::readline()> itself.
400
401=head4 C<@dbline>
402
403Local alias to the magical line array, C<@{$main::{'_<'.$filename}}> ,
404supplied by the Perl interpreter to the debugger. Contains the source.
405
406=head4 C<@old_watch>
407
408Previous values of watch expressions. First set when the expression is
409entered; reset whenever the watch expression changes.
410
411=head4 C<@saved>
412
413Saves important globals (C<$@>, C<$!>, C<$^E>, C<$,>, C<$/>, C<$\>, C<$^W>)
414so that the debugger can substitute safe values while it's running, and
415restore them when it returns control.
416
417=head4 C<@stack>
418
419Saves the current value of C<$single> on entry to a subroutine.
420Manipulated by the C<c> command to turn off tracing in all subs above the
421current one.
422
423=head4 C<@to_watch>
424
425The 'watch' expressions: to be evaluated before each line is executed.
426
427=head4 C<@typeahead>
428
429The typeahead buffer, used by C<DB::readline>.
430
431=head4 C<%alias>
432
433Command aliases. Stored as character strings to be substituted for a command
434entered.
435
436=head4 C<%break_on_load>
437
438Keys are file names, values are 1 (break when this file is loaded) or undef
439(don't break when it is loaded).
440
441=head4 C<%dbline>
442
443Keys are line numbers, values are C<condition\0action>. If used in numeric
444context, values are 0 if not breakable, 1 if breakable, no matter what is
445in the actual hash entry.
446
447=head4 C<%had_breakpoints>
448
449Keys are file names; values are bitfields:
450
451=over 4
452
453=item * 1 - file has a breakpoint in it.
454
455=item * 2 - file has an action in it.
456
457=back
458
459A zero or undefined value means this file has neither.
460
461=head4 C<%option>
462
463Stores the debugger options. These are character string values.
464
465=head4 C<%postponed>
466
467Saves breakpoints for code that hasn't been compiled yet.
468Keys are subroutine names, values are:
469
470=over 4
471
472=item * C<compile> - break when this sub is compiled
473
474=item * C<< break +0 if <condition> >> - break (conditionally) at the start of this routine. The condition will be '1' if no condition was specified.
475
476=back
477
478=head4 C<%postponed_file>
479
480This hash keeps track of breakpoints that need to be set for files that have
481not yet been compiled. Keys are filenames; values are references to hashes.
482Each of these hashes is keyed by line number, and its values are breakpoint
483definitions (C<condition\0action>).
484
485=head1 DEBUGGER INITIALIZATION
486
487The debugger's initialization actually jumps all over the place inside this
488package. This is because there are several BEGIN blocks (which of course
489execute immediately) spread through the code. Why is that?
490
491The debugger needs to be able to change some things and set some things up
492before the debugger code is compiled; most notably, the C<$deep> variable that
493C<DB::sub> uses to tell when a program has recursed deeply. In addition, the
494debugger has to turn off warnings while the debugger code is compiled, but then
495restore them to their original setting before the program being debugged begins
496executing.
497
498The first C<BEGIN> block simply turns off warnings by saving the current
499setting of C<$^W> and then setting it to zero. The second one initializes
500the debugger variables that are needed before the debugger begins executing.
501The third one puts C<$^X> back to its former value.
502
503We'll detail the second C<BEGIN> block later; just remember that if you need
504to initialize something before the debugger starts really executing, that's
505where it has to go.
506
507=cut
508
509package DB;
510
511BEGIN {eval 'use IO::Handle'}; # Needed for flush only? breaks under miniperl
512
513# Debugger for Perl 5.00x; perl5db.pl patch level:
514$VERSION = 1.30;
515
516$header = "perl5db.pl version $VERSION";
517
518=head1 DEBUGGER ROUTINES
519
520=head2 C<DB::eval()>
521
522This function replaces straight C<eval()> inside the debugger; it simplifies
523the process of evaluating code in the user's context.
524
525The code to be evaluated is passed via the package global variable
526C<$DB::evalarg>; this is done to avoid fiddling with the contents of C<@_>.
527
528Before we do the C<eval()>, we preserve the current settings of C<$trace>,
529C<$single>, C<$^D> and C<$usercontext>. The latter contains the
530preserved values of C<$@>, C<$!>, C<$^E>, C<$,>, C<$/>, C<$\>, C<$^W> and the
531user's current package, grabbed when C<DB::DB> got control. This causes the
532proper context to be used when the eval is actually done. Afterward, we
533restore C<$trace>, C<$single>, and C<$^D>.
534
535Next we need to handle C<$@> without getting confused. We save C<$@> in a
536local lexical, localize C<$saved[0]> (which is where C<save()> will put
537C<$@>), and then call C<save()> to capture C<$@>, C<$!>, C<$^E>, C<$,>,
538C<$/>, C<$\>, and C<$^W>) and set C<$,>, C<$/>, C<$\>, and C<$^W> to values
539considered sane by the debugger. If there was an C<eval()> error, we print
540it on the debugger's output. If C<$onetimedump> is defined, we call
541C<dumpit> if it's set to 'dump', or C<methods> if it's set to
542'methods'. Setting it to something else causes the debugger to do the eval
543but not print the result - handy if you want to do something else with it
544(the "watch expressions" code does this to get the value of the watch
545expression but not show it unless it matters).
546
547In any case, we then return the list of output from C<eval> to the caller,
548and unwinding restores the former version of C<$@> in C<@saved> as well
549(the localization of C<$saved[0]> goes away at the end of this scope).
550
551=head3 Parameters and variables influencing execution of DB::eval()
552
553C<DB::eval> isn't parameterized in the standard way; this is to keep the
554debugger's calls to C<DB::eval()> from mucking with C<@_>, among other things.
555The variables listed below influence C<DB::eval()>'s execution directly.
556
557=over 4
558
559=item C<$evalarg> - the thing to actually be eval'ed
560
561=item C<$trace> - Current state of execution tracing
562
563=item C<$single> - Current state of single-stepping
564
565=item C<$onetimeDump> - what is to be displayed after the evaluation
566
567=item C<$onetimeDumpDepth> - how deep C<dumpit()> should go when dumping results
568
569=back
570
571The following variables are altered by C<DB::eval()> during its execution. They
572are "stacked" via C<local()>, enabling recursive calls to C<DB::eval()>.
573
574=over 4
575
576=item C<@res> - used to capture output from actual C<eval>.
577
578=item C<$otrace> - saved value of C<$trace>.
579
580=item C<$osingle> - saved value of C<$single>.
581
582=item C<$od> - saved value of C<$^D>.
583
584=item C<$saved[0]> - saved value of C<$@>.
585
586=item $\ - for output of C<$@> if there is an evaluation error.
587
588=back
589
590=head3 The problem of lexicals
591
592The context of C<DB::eval()> presents us with some problems. Obviously,
593we want to be 'sandboxed' away from the debugger's internals when we do
594the eval, but we need some way to control how punctuation variables and
595debugger globals are used.
596
597We can't use local, because the code inside C<DB::eval> can see localized
598variables; and we can't use C<my> either for the same reason. The code
599in this routine compromises and uses C<my>.
600
601After this routine is over, we don't have user code executing in the debugger's
602context, so we can use C<my> freely.
603
604=cut
605
606############################################## Begin lexical danger zone
607
608# 'my' variables used here could leak into (that is, be visible in)
609# the context that the code being evaluated is executing in. This means that
610# the code could modify the debugger's variables.
611#
612# Fiddling with the debugger's context could be Bad. We insulate things as
613# much as we can.
614
615sub eval {
616
617 # 'my' would make it visible from user code
618 # but so does local! --tchrist
619 # Remember: this localizes @DB::res, not @main::res.
620 local @res;
621 {
622
623 # Try to keep the user code from messing with us. Save these so that
624 # even if the eval'ed code changes them, we can put them back again.
625 # Needed because the user could refer directly to the debugger's
626 # package globals (and any 'my' variables in this containing scope)
627 # inside the eval(), and we want to try to stay safe.
628 local $otrace = $trace;
629 local $osingle = $single;
630 local $od = $^D;
631
632 # Untaint the incoming eval() argument.
633 { ($evalarg) = $evalarg =~ /(.*)/s; }
634
635 # $usercontext built in DB::DB near the comment
636 # "set up the context for DB::eval ..."
637 # Evaluate and save any results.
638 @res = eval "$usercontext $evalarg;\n"; # '\n' for nice recursive debug
639
640 # Restore those old values.
641 $trace = $otrace;
642 $single = $osingle;
643 $^D = $od;
644 }
645
646 # Save the current value of $@, and preserve it in the debugger's copy
647 # of the saved precious globals.
648 my $at = $@;
649
650 # Since we're only saving $@, we only have to localize the array element
651 # that it will be stored in.
652 local $saved[0]; # Preserve the old value of $@
653 eval { &DB::save };
654
655 # Now see whether we need to report an error back to the user.
656 if ($at) {
657 local $\ = '';
658 print $OUT $at;
659 }
660
661 # Display as required by the caller. $onetimeDump and $onetimedumpDepth
662 # are package globals.
663 elsif ($onetimeDump) {
664 if ( $onetimeDump eq 'dump' ) {
665 local $option{dumpDepth} = $onetimedumpDepth
666 if defined $onetimedumpDepth;
667 dumpit( $OUT, \@res );
668 }
669 elsif ( $onetimeDump eq 'methods' ) {
670 methods( $res[0] );
671 }
672 } ## end elsif ($onetimeDump)
673 @res;
674} ## end sub eval
675
676############################################## End lexical danger zone
677
678# After this point it is safe to introduce lexicals.
679# The code being debugged will be executing in its own context, and
680# can't see the inside of the debugger.
681#
682# However, one should not overdo it: leave as much control from outside as
683# possible. If you make something a lexical, it's not going to be addressable
684# from outside the debugger even if you know its name.
685
686# This file is automatically included if you do perl -d.
687# It's probably not useful to include this yourself.
688#
689# Before venturing further into these twisty passages, it is
690# wise to read the perldebguts man page or risk the ire of dragons.
691#
692# (It should be noted that perldebguts will tell you a lot about
693# the underlying mechanics of how the debugger interfaces into the
694# Perl interpreter, but not a lot about the debugger itself. The new
695# comments in this code try to address this problem.)
696
697# Note that no subroutine call is possible until &DB::sub is defined
698# (for subroutines defined outside of the package DB). In fact the same is
699# true if $deep is not defined.
700
701# Enhanced by ilya@math.ohio-state.edu (Ilya Zakharevich)
702
703# modified Perl debugger, to be run from Emacs in perldb-mode
704# Ray Lischner (uunet!mntgfx!lisch) as of 5 Nov 1990
705# Johan Vromans -- upgrade to 4.0 pl 10
706# Ilya Zakharevich -- patches after 5.001 (and some before ;-)
707
708# (We have made efforts to clarify the comments in the change log
709# in other places; some of them may seem somewhat obscure as they
710# were originally written, and explaining them away from the code
711# in question seems conterproductive.. -JM)
712
713########################################################################
714# Changes: 0.94
715# + A lot of things changed after 0.94. First of all, core now informs
716# debugger about entry into XSUBs, overloaded operators, tied operations,
717# BEGIN and END. Handy with `O f=2'.
718# + This can make debugger a little bit too verbose, please be patient
719# and report your problems promptly.
720# + Now the option frame has 3 values: 0,1,2. XXX Document!
721# + Note that if DESTROY returns a reference to the object (or object),
722# the deletion of data may be postponed until the next function call,
723# due to the need to examine the return value.
724#
725# Changes: 0.95
726# + `v' command shows versions.
727#
728# Changes: 0.96
729# + `v' command shows version of readline.
730# primitive completion works (dynamic variables, subs for `b' and `l',
731# options). Can `p %var'
732# + Better help (`h <' now works). New commands <<, >>, {, {{.
733# {dump|print}_trace() coded (to be able to do it from <<cmd).
734# + `c sub' documented.
735# + At last enough magic combined to stop after the end of debuggee.
736# + !! should work now (thanks to Emacs bracket matching an extra
737# `]' in a regexp is caught).
738# + `L', `D' and `A' span files now (as documented).
739# + Breakpoints in `require'd code are possible (used in `R').
740# + Some additional words on internal work of debugger.
741# + `b load filename' implemented.
742# + `b postpone subr' implemented.
743# + now only `q' exits debugger (overwritable on $inhibit_exit).
744# + When restarting debugger breakpoints/actions persist.
745# + Buglet: When restarting debugger only one breakpoint/action per
746# autoloaded function persists.
747#
748# Changes: 0.97: NonStop will not stop in at_exit().
749# + Option AutoTrace implemented.
750# + Trace printed differently if frames are printed too.
751# + new `inhibitExit' option.
752# + printing of a very long statement interruptible.
753# Changes: 0.98: New command `m' for printing possible methods
754# + 'l -' is a synonym for `-'.
755# + Cosmetic bugs in printing stack trace.
756# + `frame' & 8 to print "expanded args" in stack trace.
757# + Can list/break in imported subs.
758# + new `maxTraceLen' option.
759# + frame & 4 and frame & 8 granted.
760# + new command `m'
761# + nonstoppable lines do not have `:' near the line number.
762# + `b compile subname' implemented.
763# + Will not use $` any more.
764# + `-' behaves sane now.
765# Changes: 0.99: Completion for `f', `m'.
766# + `m' will remove duplicate names instead of duplicate functions.
767# + `b load' strips trailing whitespace.
768# completion ignores leading `|'; takes into account current package
769# when completing a subroutine name (same for `l').
770# Changes: 1.07: Many fixed by tchrist 13-March-2000
771# BUG FIXES:
772# + Added bare minimal security checks on perldb rc files, plus
773# comments on what else is needed.
774# + Fixed the ornaments that made "|h" completely unusable.
775# They are not used in print_help if they will hurt. Strip pod
776# if we're paging to less.
777# + Fixed mis-formatting of help messages caused by ornaments
778# to restore Larry's original formatting.
779# + Fixed many other formatting errors. The code is still suboptimal,
780# and needs a lot of work at restructuring. It's also misindented
781# in many places.
782# + Fixed bug where trying to look at an option like your pager
783# shows "1".
784# + Fixed some $? processing. Note: if you use csh or tcsh, you will
785# lose. You should consider shell escapes not using their shell,
786# or else not caring about detailed status. This should really be
787# unified into one place, too.
788# + Fixed bug where invisible trailing whitespace on commands hoses you,
789# tricking Perl into thinking you weren't calling a debugger command!
790# + Fixed bug where leading whitespace on commands hoses you. (One
791# suggests a leading semicolon or any other irrelevant non-whitespace
792# to indicate literal Perl code.)
793# + Fixed bugs that ate warnings due to wrong selected handle.
794# + Fixed a precedence bug on signal stuff.
795# + Fixed some unseemly wording.
796# + Fixed bug in help command trying to call perl method code.
797# + Fixed to call dumpvar from exception handler. SIGPIPE killed us.
798# ENHANCEMENTS:
799# + Added some comments. This code is still nasty spaghetti.
800# + Added message if you clear your pre/post command stacks which was
801# very easy to do if you just typed a bare >, <, or {. (A command
802# without an argument should *never* be a destructive action; this
803# API is fundamentally screwed up; likewise option setting, which
804# is equally buggered.)
805# + Added command stack dump on argument of "?" for >, <, or {.
806# + Added a semi-built-in doc viewer command that calls man with the
807# proper %Config::Config path (and thus gets caching, man -k, etc),
808# or else perldoc on obstreperous platforms.
809# + Added to and rearranged the help information.
810# + Detected apparent misuse of { ... } to declare a block; this used
811# to work but now is a command, and mysteriously gave no complaint.
812#
813# Changes: 1.08: Apr 25, 2001 Jon Eveland <jweveland@yahoo.com>
814# BUG FIX:
815# + This patch to perl5db.pl cleans up formatting issues on the help
816# summary (h h) screen in the debugger. Mostly columnar alignment
817# issues, plus converted the printed text to use all spaces, since
818# tabs don't seem to help much here.
819#
820# Changes: 1.09: May 19, 2001 Ilya Zakharevich <ilya@math.ohio-state.edu>
821# Minor bugs corrected;
822# + Support for auto-creation of new TTY window on startup, either
823# unconditionally, or if started as a kid of another debugger session;
824# + New `O'ption CreateTTY
825# I<CreateTTY> bits control attempts to create a new TTY on events:
826# 1: on fork()
827# 2: debugger is started inside debugger
828# 4: on startup
829# + Code to auto-create a new TTY window on OS/2 (currently one
830# extra window per session - need named pipes to have more...);
831# + Simplified interface for custom createTTY functions (with a backward
832# compatibility hack); now returns the TTY name to use; return of ''
833# means that the function reset the I/O handles itself;
834# + Better message on the semantic of custom createTTY function;
835# + Convert the existing code to create a TTY into a custom createTTY
836# function;
837# + Consistent support for TTY names of the form "TTYin,TTYout";
838# + Switch line-tracing output too to the created TTY window;
839# + make `b fork' DWIM with CORE::GLOBAL::fork;
840# + High-level debugger API cmd_*():
841# cmd_b_load($filenamepart) # b load filenamepart
842# cmd_b_line($lineno [, $cond]) # b lineno [cond]
843# cmd_b_sub($sub [, $cond]) # b sub [cond]
844# cmd_stop() # Control-C
845# cmd_d($lineno) # d lineno (B)
846# The cmd_*() API returns FALSE on failure; in this case it outputs
847# the error message to the debugging output.
848# + Low-level debugger API
849# break_on_load($filename) # b load filename
850# @files = report_break_on_load() # List files with load-breakpoints
851# breakable_line_in_filename($name, $from [, $to])
852# # First breakable line in the
853# # range $from .. $to. $to defaults
854# # to $from, and may be less than
855# # $to
856# breakable_line($from [, $to]) # Same for the current file
857# break_on_filename_line($name, $lineno [, $cond])
858# # Set breakpoint,$cond defaults to
859# # 1
860# break_on_filename_line_range($name, $from, $to [, $cond])
861# # As above, on the first
862# # breakable line in range
863# break_on_line($lineno [, $cond]) # As above, in the current file
864# break_subroutine($sub [, $cond]) # break on the first breakable line
865# ($name, $from, $to) = subroutine_filename_lines($sub)
866# # The range of lines of the text
867# The low-level API returns TRUE on success, and die()s on failure.
868#
869# Changes: 1.10: May 23, 2001 Daniel Lewart <d-lewart@uiuc.edu>
870# BUG FIXES:
871# + Fixed warnings generated by "perl -dWe 42"
872# + Corrected spelling errors
873# + Squeezed Help (h) output into 80 columns
874#
875# Changes: 1.11: May 24, 2001 David Dyck <dcd@tc.fluke.com>
876# + Made "x @INC" work like it used to
877#
878# Changes: 1.12: May 24, 2001 Daniel Lewart <d-lewart@uiuc.edu>
879# + Fixed warnings generated by "O" (Show debugger options)
880# + Fixed warnings generated by "p 42" (Print expression)
881# Changes: 1.13: Jun 19, 2001 Scott.L.Miller@compaq.com
882# + Added windowSize option
883# Changes: 1.14: Oct 9, 2001 multiple
884# + Clean up after itself on VMS (Charles Lane in 12385)
885# + Adding "@ file" syntax (Peter Scott in 12014)
886# + Debug reloading selfloaded stuff (Ilya Zakharevich in 11457)
887# + $^S and other debugger fixes (Ilya Zakharevich in 11120)
888# + Forgot a my() declaration (Ilya Zakharevich in 11085)
889# Changes: 1.15: Nov 6, 2001 Michael G Schwern <schwern@pobox.com>
890# + Updated 1.14 change log
891# + Added *dbline explainatory comments
892# + Mentioning perldebguts man page
893# Changes: 1.16: Feb 15, 2002 Mark-Jason Dominus <mjd@plover.com>
894# + $onetimeDump improvements
895# Changes: 1.17: Feb 20, 2002 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
896# Moved some code to cmd_[.]()'s for clarity and ease of handling,
897# rationalised the following commands and added cmd_wrapper() to
898# enable switching between old and frighteningly consistent new
899# behaviours for diehards: 'o CommandSet=pre580' (sigh...)
900# a(add), A(del) # action expr (added del by line)
901# + b(add), B(del) # break [line] (was b,D)
902# + w(add), W(del) # watch expr (was W,W)
903# # added del by expr
904# + h(summary), h h(long) # help (hh) (was h h,h)
905# + m(methods), M(modules) # ... (was m,v)
906# + o(option) # lc (was O)
907# + v(view code), V(view Variables) # ... (was w,V)
908# Changes: 1.18: Mar 17, 2002 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
909# + fixed missing cmd_O bug
910# Changes: 1.19: Mar 29, 2002 Spider Boardman
911# + Added missing local()s -- DB::DB is called recursively.
912# Changes: 1.20: Feb 17, 2003 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
913# + pre'n'post commands no longer trashed with no args
914# + watch val joined out of eval()
915# Changes: 1.21: Jun 04, 2003 Joe McMahon <mcmahon@ibiblio.org>
916# + Added comments and reformatted source. No bug fixes/enhancements.
917# + Includes cleanup by Robin Barker and Jarkko Hietaniemi.
918# Changes: 1.22 Jun 09, 2003 Alex Vandiver <alexmv@MIT.EDU>
919# + Flush stdout/stderr before the debugger prompt is printed.
920# Changes: 1.23: Dec 21, 2003 Dominique Quatravaux
921# + Fix a side-effect of bug #24674 in the perl debugger ("odd taint bug")
922# Changes: 1.24: Mar 03, 2004 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
923# + Added command to save all debugger commands for sourcing later.
924# + Added command to display parent inheritance tree of given class.
925# + Fixed minor newline in history bug.
926# Changes: 1.25: Apr 17, 2004 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
927# + Fixed option bug (setting invalid options + not recognising valid short forms)
928# Changes: 1.26: Apr 22, 2004 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
929# + unfork the 5.8.x and 5.9.x debuggers.
930# + whitespace and assertions call cleanup across versions
931# + H * deletes (resets) history
932# + i now handles Class + blessed objects
933# Changes: 1.27: May 09, 2004 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
934# + updated pod page references - clunky.
935# + removed windowid restriction for forking into an xterm.
936# + more whitespace again.
937# + wrapped restart and enabled rerun [-n] (go back n steps) command.
938# Changes: 1.28: Oct 12, 2004 Richard Foley <richard.foley@rfi.net>
939# + Added threads support (inc. e and E commands)
940# Changes: 1.29: Nov 28, 2006 Bo Lindbergh <blgl@hagernas.com>
941# + Added macosx_get_fork_TTY support
942# Changes: 1.30: Mar 06, 2007 Andreas Koenig <andk@cpan.org>
943# + Added HistFile, HistSize
944########################################################################
945
946=head1 DEBUGGER INITIALIZATION
947
948The debugger starts up in phases.
949
950=head2 BASIC SETUP
951
952First, it initializes the environment it wants to run in: turning off
953warnings during its own compilation, defining variables which it will need
954to avoid warnings later, setting itself up to not exit when the program
955terminates, and defaulting to printing return values for the C<r> command.
956
957=cut
958
959# Needed for the statement after exec():
960#
961# This BEGIN block is simply used to switch off warnings during debugger
962# compiliation. Probably it would be better practice to fix the warnings,
963# but this is how it's done at the moment.
964
965BEGIN {
966 $ini_warn = $^W;
967 $^W = 0;
968} # Switch compilation warnings off until another BEGIN.
969
970local ($^W) = 0; # Switch run-time warnings off during init.
971
972=head2 THREADS SUPPORT
973
974If we are running under a threaded Perl, we require threads and threads::shared
975if the environment variable C<PERL5DB_THREADED> is set, to enable proper
976threaded debugger control. C<-dt> can also be used to set this.
977
978Each new thread will be announced and the debugger prompt will always inform
979you of each new thread created. It will also indicate the thread id in which
980we are currently running within the prompt like this:
981
982 [tid] DB<$i>
983
984Where C<[tid]> is an integer thread id and C<$i> is the familiar debugger
985command prompt. The prompt will show: C<[0]> when running under threads, but
986not actually in a thread. C<[tid]> is consistent with C<gdb> usage.
987
988While running under threads, when you set or delete a breakpoint (etc.), this
989will apply to all threads, not just the currently running one. When you are
990in a currently executing thread, you will stay there until it completes. With
991the current implementation it is not currently possible to hop from one thread
992to another.
993
994The C<e> and C<E> commands are currently fairly minimal - see C<h e> and C<h E>.
995
996Note that threading support was built into the debugger as of Perl version
997C<5.8.6> and debugger version C<1.2.8>.
998
999=cut
1000
1001BEGIN {
1002 # ensure we can share our non-threaded variables or no-op
1003 if ($ENV{PERL5DB_THREADED}) {
1004 require threads;
1005 require threads::shared;
1006 import threads::shared qw(share);
1007 $DBGR;
1008 share(\$DBGR);
1009 lock($DBGR);
1010 print "Threads support enabled\n";
1011 } else {
1012 *lock = sub(*) {};
1013 *share = sub(*) {};
1014 }
1015}
1016
1017# This would probably be better done with "use vars", but that wasn't around
1018# when this code was originally written. (Neither was "use strict".) And on
1019# the principle of not fiddling with something that was working, this was
1020# left alone.
1021warn( # Do not ;-)
1022 # These variables control the execution of 'dumpvar.pl'.
1023 $dumpvar::hashDepth,
1024 $dumpvar::arrayDepth,
1025 $dumpvar::dumpDBFiles,
1026 $dumpvar::dumpPackages,
1027 $dumpvar::quoteHighBit,
1028 $dumpvar::printUndef,
1029 $dumpvar::globPrint,
1030 $dumpvar::usageOnly,
1031
1032 # used to save @ARGV and extract any debugger-related flags.
1033 @ARGS,
1034
1035 # used to control die() reporting in diesignal()
1036 $Carp::CarpLevel,
1037
1038 # used to prevent multiple entries to diesignal()
1039 # (if for instance diesignal() itself dies)
1040 $panic,
1041
1042 # used to prevent the debugger from running nonstop
1043 # after a restart
1044 $second_time,
1045 )
1046 if 0;
1047
1048foreach my $k (keys (%INC)) {
1049 &share(\$main::{'_<'.$filename});
1050};
1051
1052# Command-line + PERLLIB:
1053# Save the contents of @INC before they are modified elsewhere.
1054@ini_INC = @INC;
1055
1056# This was an attempt to clear out the previous values of various
1057# trapped errors. Apparently it didn't help. XXX More info needed!
1058# $prevwarn = $prevdie = $prevbus = $prevsegv = ''; # Does not help?!
1059
1060# We set these variables to safe values. We don't want to blindly turn
1061# off warnings, because other packages may still want them.
1062$trace = $signal = $single = 0; # Uninitialized warning suppression
1063 # (local $^W cannot help - other packages!).
1064
1065# Default to not exiting when program finishes; print the return
1066# value when the 'r' command is used to return from a subroutine.
1067$inhibit_exit = $option{PrintRet} = 1;
1068
1069=head1 OPTION PROCESSING
1070
1071The debugger's options are actually spread out over the debugger itself and
1072C<dumpvar.pl>; some of these are variables to be set, while others are
1073subs to be called with a value. To try to make this a little easier to
1074manage, the debugger uses a few data structures to define what options
1075are legal and how they are to be processed.
1076
1077First, the C<@options> array defines the I<names> of all the options that
1078are to be accepted.
1079
1080=cut
1081
1082@options = qw(
1083 CommandSet HistFile HistSize
1084 hashDepth arrayDepth dumpDepth
1085 DumpDBFiles DumpPackages DumpReused
1086 compactDump veryCompact quote
1087 HighBit undefPrint globPrint
1088 PrintRet UsageOnly frame
1089 AutoTrace TTY noTTY
1090 ReadLine NonStop LineInfo
1091 maxTraceLen recallCommand ShellBang
1092 pager tkRunning ornaments
1093 signalLevel warnLevel dieLevel
1094 inhibit_exit ImmediateStop bareStringify
1095 CreateTTY RemotePort windowSize
1096 DollarCaretP
1097);
1098
1099@RememberOnROptions = qw(DollarCaretP);
1100
1101=pod
1102
1103Second, C<optionVars> lists the variables that each option uses to save its
1104state.
1105
1106=cut
1107
1108%optionVars = (
1109 hashDepth => \$dumpvar::hashDepth,
1110 arrayDepth => \$dumpvar::arrayDepth,
1111 CommandSet => \$CommandSet,
1112 DumpDBFiles => \$dumpvar::dumpDBFiles,
1113 DumpPackages => \$dumpvar::dumpPackages,
1114 DumpReused => \$dumpvar::dumpReused,
1115 HighBit => \$dumpvar::quoteHighBit,
1116 undefPrint => \$dumpvar::printUndef,
1117 globPrint => \$dumpvar::globPrint,
1118 UsageOnly => \$dumpvar::usageOnly,
1119 CreateTTY => \$CreateTTY,
1120 bareStringify => \$dumpvar::bareStringify,
1121 frame => \$frame,
1122 AutoTrace => \$trace,
1123 inhibit_exit => \$inhibit_exit,
1124 maxTraceLen => \$maxtrace,
1125 ImmediateStop => \$ImmediateStop,
1126 RemotePort => \$remoteport,
1127 windowSize => \$window,
1128 HistFile => \$histfile,
1129 HistSize => \$histsize,
1130);
1131
1132=pod
1133
1134Third, C<%optionAction> defines the subroutine to be called to process each
1135option.
1136
1137=cut
1138
1139%optionAction = (
1140 compactDump => \&dumpvar::compactDump,
1141 veryCompact => \&dumpvar::veryCompact,
1142 quote => \&dumpvar::quote,
1143 TTY => \&TTY,
1144 noTTY => \&noTTY,
1145 ReadLine => \&ReadLine,
1146 NonStop => \&NonStop,
1147 LineInfo => \&LineInfo,
1148 recallCommand => \&recallCommand,
1149 ShellBang => \&shellBang,
1150 pager => \&pager,
1151 signalLevel => \&signalLevel,
1152 warnLevel => \&warnLevel,
1153 dieLevel => \&dieLevel,
1154 tkRunning => \&tkRunning,
1155 ornaments => \&ornaments,
1156 RemotePort => \&RemotePort,
1157 DollarCaretP => \&DollarCaretP,
1158);
1159
1160=pod
1161
1162Last, the C<%optionRequire> notes modules that must be C<require>d if an
1163option is used.
1164
1165=cut
1166
1167# Note that this list is not complete: several options not listed here
1168# actually require that dumpvar.pl be loaded for them to work, but are
1169# not in the table. A subsequent patch will correct this problem; for
1170# the moment, we're just recommenting, and we are NOT going to change
1171# function.
1172%optionRequire = (
1173 compactDump => 'dumpvar.pl',
1174 veryCompact => 'dumpvar.pl',
1175 quote => 'dumpvar.pl',
1176);
1177
1178=pod
1179
1180There are a number of initialization-related variables which can be set
1181by putting code to set them in a BEGIN block in the C<PERL5DB> environment
1182variable. These are:
1183
1184=over 4
1185
1186=item C<$rl> - readline control XXX needs more explanation
1187
1188=item C<$warnLevel> - whether or not debugger takes over warning handling
1189
1190=item C<$dieLevel> - whether or not debugger takes over die handling
1191
1192=item C<$signalLevel> - whether or not debugger takes over signal handling
1193
1194=item C<$pre> - preprompt actions (array reference)
1195
1196=item C<$post> - postprompt actions (array reference)
1197
1198=item C<$pretype>
1199
1200=item C<$CreateTTY> - whether or not to create a new TTY for this debugger
1201
1202=item C<$CommandSet> - which command set to use (defaults to new, documented set)
1203
1204=back
1205
1206=cut
1207
1208# These guys may be defined in $ENV{PERL5DB} :
1209$rl = 1 unless defined $rl;
1210$warnLevel = 1 unless defined $warnLevel;
1211$dieLevel = 1 unless defined $dieLevel;
1212$signalLevel = 1 unless defined $signalLevel;
1213$pre = [] unless defined $pre;
1214$post = [] unless defined $post;
1215$pretype = [] unless defined $pretype;
1216$CreateTTY = 3 unless defined $CreateTTY;
1217$CommandSet = '580' unless defined $CommandSet;
1218
1219share($rl);
1220share($warnLevel);
1221share($dieLevel);
1222share($signalLevel);
1223share($pre);
1224share($post);
1225share($pretype);
1226share($rl);
1227share($CreateTTY);
1228share($CommandSet);
1229
1230=pod
1231
1232The default C<die>, C<warn>, and C<signal> handlers are set up.
1233
1234=cut
1235
1236warnLevel($warnLevel);
1237dieLevel($dieLevel);
1238signalLevel($signalLevel);
1239
1240=pod
1241
1242The pager to be used is needed next. We try to get it from the
1243environment first. If it's not defined there, we try to find it in
1244the Perl C<Config.pm>. If it's not there, we default to C<more>. We
1245then call the C<pager()> function to save the pager name.
1246
1247=cut
1248
1249# This routine makes sure $pager is set up so that '|' can use it.
1250pager(
1251
1252 # If PAGER is defined in the environment, use it.
1253 defined $ENV{PAGER}
1254 ? $ENV{PAGER}
1255
1256 # If not, see if Config.pm defines it.
1257 : eval { require Config }
1258 && defined $Config::Config{pager}
1259 ? $Config::Config{pager}
1260
1261 # If not, fall back to 'more'.
1262 : 'more'
1263 )
1264 unless defined $pager;
1265
1266=pod
1267
1268We set up the command to be used to access the man pages, the command
1269recall character (C<!> unless otherwise defined) and the shell escape
1270character (C<!> unless otherwise defined). Yes, these do conflict, and
1271neither works in the debugger at the moment.
1272
1273=cut
1274
1275setman();
1276
1277# Set up defaults for command recall and shell escape (note:
1278# these currently don't work in linemode debugging).
1279&recallCommand("!") unless defined $prc;
1280&shellBang("!") unless defined $psh;
1281
1282=pod
1283
1284We then set up the gigantic string containing the debugger help.
1285We also set the limit on the number of arguments we'll display during a
1286trace.
1287
1288=cut
1289
1290sethelp();
1291
1292# If we didn't get a default for the length of eval/stack trace args,
1293# set it here.
1294$maxtrace = 400 unless defined $maxtrace;
1295
1296=head2 SETTING UP THE DEBUGGER GREETING
1297
1298The debugger I<greeting> helps to inform the user how many debuggers are
1299running, and whether the current debugger is the primary or a child.
1300
1301If we are the primary, we just hang onto our pid so we'll have it when
1302or if we start a child debugger. If we are a child, we'll set things up
1303so we'll have a unique greeting and so the parent will give us our own
1304TTY later.
1305
1306We save the current contents of the C<PERLDB_PIDS> environment variable
1307because we mess around with it. We'll also need to hang onto it because
1308we'll need it if we restart.
1309
1310Child debuggers make a label out of the current PID structure recorded in
1311PERLDB_PIDS plus the new PID. They also mark themselves as not having a TTY
1312yet so the parent will give them one later via C<resetterm()>.
1313
1314=cut
1315
1316# Save the current contents of the environment; we're about to
1317# much with it. We'll need this if we have to restart.
1318$ini_pids = $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS};
1319
1320if ( defined $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} ) {
1321
1322 # We're a child. Make us a label out of the current PID structure
1323 # recorded in PERLDB_PIDS plus our (new) PID. Mark us as not having
1324 # a term yet so the parent will give us one later via resetterm().
1325
1326 my $env_pids = $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS};
1327 $pids = "[$env_pids]";
1328
1329 # Unless we are on OpenVMS, all programs under the DCL shell run under
1330 # the same PID.
1331
1332 if (($^O eq 'VMS') && ($env_pids =~ /\b$$\b/)) {
1333 $term_pid = $$;
1334 }
1335 else {
1336 $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} .= "->$$";
1337 $term_pid = -1;
1338 }
1339
1340} ## end if (defined $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS...
1341else {
1342
1343 # We're the parent PID. Initialize PERLDB_PID in case we end up with a
1344 # child debugger, and mark us as the parent, so we'll know to set up
1345 # more TTY's is we have to.
1346 $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} = "$$";
1347 $pids = "[pid=$$]";
1348 $term_pid = $$;
1349}
1350
1351$pidprompt = '';
1352
1353# Sets up $emacs as a synonym for $slave_editor.
1354*emacs = $slave_editor if $slave_editor; # May be used in afterinit()...
1355
1356=head2 READING THE RC FILE
1357
1358The debugger will read a file of initialization options if supplied. If
1359running interactively, this is C<.perldb>; if not, it's C<perldb.ini>.
1360
1361=cut
1362
1363# As noted, this test really doesn't check accurately that the debugger
1364# is running at a terminal or not.
1365
1366my $dev_tty = '/dev/tty';
1367 $dev_tty = 'TT:' if ($^O eq 'VMS');
1368if ( -e $dev_tty ) { # this is the wrong metric!
1369 $rcfile = ".perldb";
1370}
1371else {
1372 $rcfile = "perldb.ini";
1373}
1374
1375=pod
1376
1377The debugger does a safety test of the file to be read. It must be owned
1378either by the current user or root, and must only be writable by the owner.
1379
1380=cut
1381
1382# This wraps a safety test around "do" to read and evaluate the init file.
1383#
1384# This isn't really safe, because there's a race
1385# between checking and opening. The solution is to
1386# open and fstat the handle, but then you have to read and
1387# eval the contents. But then the silly thing gets
1388# your lexical scope, which is unfortunate at best.
1389sub safe_do {
1390 my $file = shift;
1391
1392 # Just exactly what part of the word "CORE::" don't you understand?
1393 local $SIG{__WARN__};
1394 local $SIG{__DIE__};
1395
1396 unless ( is_safe_file($file) ) {
1397 CORE::warn <<EO_GRIPE;
1398perldb: Must not source insecure rcfile $file.
1399 You or the superuser must be the owner, and it must not
1400 be writable by anyone but its owner.
1401EO_GRIPE
1402 return;
1403 } ## end unless (is_safe_file($file...
1404
1405 do $file;
1406 CORE::warn("perldb: couldn't parse $file: $@") if $@;
1407} ## end sub safe_do
1408
1409# This is the safety test itself.
1410#
1411# Verifies that owner is either real user or superuser and that no
1412# one but owner may write to it. This function is of limited use
1413# when called on a path instead of upon a handle, because there are
1414# no guarantees that filename (by dirent) whose file (by ino) is
1415# eventually accessed is the same as the one tested.
1416# Assumes that the file's existence is not in doubt.
1417sub is_safe_file {
1418 my $path = shift;
1419 stat($path) || return; # mysteriously vaporized
1420 my ( $dev, $ino, $mode, $nlink, $uid, $gid ) = stat(_);
1421
1422 return 0 if $uid != 0 && $uid != $<;
1423 return 0 if $mode & 022;
1424 return 1;
1425} ## end sub is_safe_file
1426
1427# If the rcfile (whichever one we decided was the right one to read)
1428# exists, we safely do it.
1429if ( -f $rcfile ) {
1430 safe_do("./$rcfile");
1431}
1432
1433# If there isn't one here, try the user's home directory.
1434elsif ( defined $ENV{HOME} && -f "$ENV{HOME}/$rcfile" ) {
1435 safe_do("$ENV{HOME}/$rcfile");
1436}
1437
1438# Else try the login directory.
1439elsif ( defined $ENV{LOGDIR} && -f "$ENV{LOGDIR}/$rcfile" ) {
1440 safe_do("$ENV{LOGDIR}/$rcfile");
1441}
1442
1443# If the PERLDB_OPTS variable has options in it, parse those out next.
1444if ( defined $ENV{PERLDB_OPTS} ) {
1445 parse_options( $ENV{PERLDB_OPTS} );
1446}
1447
1448=pod
1449
1450The last thing we do during initialization is determine which subroutine is
1451to be used to obtain a new terminal when a new debugger is started. Right now,
1452the debugger only handles X Windows, OS/2, and Mac OS X (darwin).
1453
1454=cut
1455
1456# Set up the get_fork_TTY subroutine to be aliased to the proper routine.
1457# Works if you're running an xterm or xterm-like window, or you're on
1458# OS/2, or on Mac OS X. This may need some expansion.
1459
1460if (not defined &get_fork_TTY) # only if no routine exists
1461{
1462 if (defined $ENV{TERM} # If we know what kind
1463 # of terminal this is,
1464 and $ENV{TERM} eq 'xterm' # and it's an xterm,
1465 and defined $ENV{DISPLAY} # and what display it's on,
1466 )
1467 {
1468 *get_fork_TTY = \&xterm_get_fork_TTY; # use the xterm version
1469 }
1470 elsif ( $^O eq 'os2' ) { # If this is OS/2,
1471 *get_fork_TTY = \&os2_get_fork_TTY; # use the OS/2 version
1472 }
1473 elsif ( $^O eq 'darwin' # If this is Mac OS X
1474 and defined $ENV{TERM_PROGRAM} # and we're running inside
1475 and $ENV{TERM_PROGRAM}
1476 eq 'Apple_Terminal' # Terminal.app
1477 )
1478 {
1479 *get_fork_TTY = \&macosx_get_fork_TTY; # use the Mac OS X version
1480 }
1481} ## end if (not defined &get_fork_TTY...
1482
1483# untaint $^O, which may have been tainted by the last statement.
1484# see bug [perl #24674]
1485$^O =~ m/^(.*)\z/;
1486$^O = $1;
1487
1488# Here begin the unreadable code. It needs fixing.
1489
1490=head2 RESTART PROCESSING
1491
1492This section handles the restart command. When the C<R> command is invoked, it
1493tries to capture all of the state it can into environment variables, and
1494then sets C<PERLDB_RESTART>. When we start executing again, we check to see
1495if C<PERLDB_RESTART> is there; if so, we reload all the information that
1496the R command stuffed into the environment variables.
1497
1498 PERLDB_RESTART - flag only, contains no restart data itself.
1499 PERLDB_HIST - command history, if it's available
1500 PERLDB_ON_LOAD - breakpoints set by the rc file
1501 PERLDB_POSTPONE - subs that have been loaded/not executed, and have actions
1502 PERLDB_VISITED - files that had breakpoints
1503 PERLDB_FILE_... - breakpoints for a file
1504 PERLDB_OPT - active options
1505 PERLDB_INC - the original @INC
1506 PERLDB_PRETYPE - preprompt debugger actions
1507 PERLDB_PRE - preprompt Perl code
1508 PERLDB_POST - post-prompt Perl code
1509 PERLDB_TYPEAHEAD - typeahead captured by readline()
1510
1511We chug through all these variables and plug the values saved in them
1512back into the appropriate spots in the debugger.
1513
1514=cut
1515
1516if ( exists $ENV{PERLDB_RESTART} ) {
1517
1518 # We're restarting, so we don't need the flag that says to restart anymore.
1519 delete $ENV{PERLDB_RESTART};
1520
1521 # $restart = 1;
1522 @hist = get_list('PERLDB_HIST');
1523 %break_on_load = get_list("PERLDB_ON_LOAD");
1524 %postponed = get_list("PERLDB_POSTPONE");
1525
1526 share(@hist);
1527 share(@truehist);
1528 share(%break_on_load);
1529 share(%postponed);
1530
1531 # restore breakpoints/actions
1532 my @had_breakpoints = get_list("PERLDB_VISITED");
1533 for ( 0 .. $#had_breakpoints ) {
1534 my %pf = get_list("PERLDB_FILE_$_");
1535 $postponed_file{ $had_breakpoints[$_] } = \%pf if %pf;
1536 }
1537
1538 # restore options
1539 my %opt = get_list("PERLDB_OPT");
1540 my ( $opt, $val );
1541 while ( ( $opt, $val ) = each %opt ) {
1542 $val =~ s/[\\\']/\\$1/g;
1543 parse_options("$opt'$val'");
1544 }
1545
1546 # restore original @INC
1547 @INC = get_list("PERLDB_INC");
1548 @ini_INC = @INC;
1549
1550 # return pre/postprompt actions and typeahead buffer
1551 $pretype = [ get_list("PERLDB_PRETYPE") ];
1552 $pre = [ get_list("PERLDB_PRE") ];
1553 $post = [ get_list("PERLDB_POST") ];
1554 @typeahead = get_list( "PERLDB_TYPEAHEAD", @typeahead );
1555} ## end if (exists $ENV{PERLDB_RESTART...
1556
1557=head2 SETTING UP THE TERMINAL
1558
1559Now, we'll decide how the debugger is going to interact with the user.
1560If there's no TTY, we set the debugger to run non-stop; there's not going
1561to be anyone there to enter commands.
1562
1563=cut
1564
1565if ($notty) {
1566 $runnonstop = 1;
1567 share($runnonstop);
1568}
1569
1570=pod
1571
1572If there is a TTY, we have to determine who it belongs to before we can
1573proceed. If this is a slave editor or graphical debugger (denoted by
1574the first command-line switch being '-emacs'), we shift this off and
1575set C<$rl> to 0 (XXX ostensibly to do straight reads).
1576
1577=cut
1578
1579else {
1580
1581 # Is Perl being run from a slave editor or graphical debugger?
1582 # If so, don't use readline, and set $slave_editor = 1.
1583 $slave_editor =
1584 ( ( defined $main::ARGV[0] ) and ( $main::ARGV[0] eq '-emacs' ) );
1585 $rl = 0, shift(@main::ARGV) if $slave_editor;
1586
1587 #require Term::ReadLine;
1588
1589=pod
1590
1591We then determine what the console should be on various systems:
1592
1593=over 4
1594
1595=item * Cygwin - We use C<stdin> instead of a separate device.
1596
1597=cut
1598
1599 if ( $^O eq 'cygwin' ) {
1600
1601 # /dev/tty is binary. use stdin for textmode
1602 undef $console;
1603 }
1604
1605=item * Unix - use C</dev/tty>.
1606
1607=cut
1608
1609 elsif ( -e "/dev/tty" ) {
1610 $console = "/dev/tty";
1611 }
1612
1613=item * Windows or MSDOS - use C<con>.
1614
1615=cut
1616
1617 elsif ( $^O eq 'dos' or -e "con" or $^O eq 'MSWin32' ) {
1618 $console = "con";
1619 }
1620
1621=item * MacOS - use C<Dev:Console:Perl Debug> if this is the MPW version; C<Dev:
1622Console> if not.
1623
1624Note that Mac OS X returns C<darwin>, not C<MacOS>. Also note that the debugger doesn't do anything special for C<darwin>. Maybe it should.
1625
1626=cut
1627
1628 elsif ( $^O eq 'MacOS' ) {
1629 if ( $MacPerl::Version !~ /MPW/ ) {
1630 $console =
1631 "Dev:Console:Perl Debug"; # Separate window for application
1632 }
1633 else {
1634 $console = "Dev:Console";
1635 }
1636 } ## end elsif ($^O eq 'MacOS')
1637
1638=item * VMS - use C<sys$command>.
1639
1640=cut
1641
1642 else {
1643
1644 # everything else is ...
1645 $console = "sys\$command";
1646 }
1647
1648=pod
1649
1650=back
1651
1652Several other systems don't use a specific console. We C<undef $console>
1653for those (Windows using a slave editor/graphical debugger, NetWare, OS/2
1654with a slave editor, Epoc).
1655
1656=cut
1657
1658 if ( ( $^O eq 'MSWin32' ) and ( $slave_editor or defined $ENV{EMACS} ) ) {
1659
1660 # /dev/tty is binary. use stdin for textmode
1661 $console = undef;
1662 }
1663
1664 if ( $^O eq 'NetWare' ) {
1665
1666 # /dev/tty is binary. use stdin for textmode
1667 $console = undef;
1668 }
1669
1670 # In OS/2, we need to use STDIN to get textmode too, even though
1671 # it pretty much looks like Unix otherwise.
1672 if ( defined $ENV{OS2_SHELL} and ( $slave_editor or $ENV{WINDOWID} ) )
1673 { # In OS/2
1674 $console = undef;
1675 }
1676
1677 # EPOC also falls into the 'got to use STDIN' camp.
1678 if ( $^O eq 'epoc' ) {
1679 $console = undef;
1680 }
1681
1682=pod
1683
1684If there is a TTY hanging around from a parent, we use that as the console.
1685
1686=cut
1687
1688 $console = $tty if defined $tty;
1689
1690=head2 SOCKET HANDLING
1691
1692The debugger is capable of opening a socket and carrying out a debugging
1693session over the socket.
1694
1695If C<RemotePort> was defined in the options, the debugger assumes that it
1696should try to start a debugging session on that port. It builds the socket
1697and then tries to connect the input and output filehandles to it.
1698
1699=cut
1700
1701 # Handle socket stuff.
1702
1703 if ( defined $remoteport ) {
1704
1705 # If RemotePort was defined in the options, connect input and output
1706 # to the socket.
1707 require IO::Socket;
1708 $OUT = new IO::Socket::INET(
1709 Timeout => '10',
1710 PeerAddr => $remoteport,
1711 Proto => 'tcp',
1712 );
1713 if ( !$OUT ) { die "Unable to connect to remote host: $remoteport\n"; }
1714 $IN = $OUT;
1715 } ## end if (defined $remoteport)
1716
1717=pod
1718
1719If no C<RemotePort> was defined, and we want to create a TTY on startup,
1720this is probably a situation where multiple debuggers are running (for example,
1721a backticked command that starts up another debugger). We create a new IN and
1722OUT filehandle, and do the necessary mojo to create a new TTY if we know how
1723and if we can.
1724
1725=cut
1726
1727 # Non-socket.
1728 else {
1729
1730 # Two debuggers running (probably a system or a backtick that invokes
1731 # the debugger itself under the running one). create a new IN and OUT
1732 # filehandle, and do the necessary mojo to create a new tty if we
1733 # know how, and we can.
1734 create_IN_OUT(4) if $CreateTTY & 4;
1735 if ($console) {
1736
1737 # If we have a console, check to see if there are separate ins and
1738 # outs to open. (They are assumed identical if not.)
1739
1740 my ( $i, $o ) = split /,/, $console;
1741 $o = $i unless defined $o;
1742
1743 # read/write on in, or just read, or read on STDIN.
1744 open( IN, "+<$i" )
1745 || open( IN, "<$i" )
1746 || open( IN, "<&STDIN" );
1747
1748 # read/write/create/clobber out, or write/create/clobber out,
1749 # or merge with STDERR, or merge with STDOUT.
1750 open( OUT, "+>$o" )
1751 || open( OUT, ">$o" )
1752 || open( OUT, ">&STDERR" )
1753 || open( OUT, ">&STDOUT" ); # so we don't dongle stdout
1754
1755 } ## end if ($console)
1756 elsif ( not defined $console ) {
1757
1758 # No console. Open STDIN.
1759 open( IN, "<&STDIN" );
1760
1761 # merge with STDERR, or with STDOUT.
1762 open( OUT, ">&STDERR" )
1763 || open( OUT, ">&STDOUT" ); # so we don't dongle stdout
1764 $console = 'STDIN/OUT';
1765 } ## end elsif (not defined $console)
1766
1767 # Keep copies of the filehandles so that when the pager runs, it
1768 # can close standard input without clobbering ours.
1769 $IN = \*IN, $OUT = \*OUT if $console or not defined $console;
1770 } ## end elsif (from if(defined $remoteport))
1771
1772 # Unbuffer DB::OUT. We need to see responses right away.
1773 my $previous = select($OUT);
1774 $| = 1; # for DB::OUT
1775 select($previous);
1776
1777 # Line info goes to debugger output unless pointed elsewhere.
1778 # Pointing elsewhere makes it possible for slave editors to
1779 # keep track of file and position. We have both a filehandle
1780 # and a I/O description to keep track of.
1781 $LINEINFO = $OUT unless defined $LINEINFO;
1782 $lineinfo = $console unless defined $lineinfo;
1783 # share($LINEINFO); # <- unable to share globs
1784 share($lineinfo); #
1785
1786=pod
1787
1788To finish initialization, we show the debugger greeting,
1789and then call the C<afterinit()> subroutine if there is one.
1790
1791=cut
1792
1793 # Show the debugger greeting.
1794 $header =~ s/.Header: ([^,]+),v(\s+\S+\s+\S+).*$/$1$2/;
1795 unless ($runnonstop) {
1796 local $\ = '';
1797 local $, = '';
1798 if ( $term_pid eq '-1' ) {
1799 print $OUT "\nDaughter DB session started...\n";
1800 }
1801 else {
1802 print $OUT "\nLoading DB routines from $header\n";
1803 print $OUT (
1804 "Editor support ",
1805 $slave_editor ? "enabled" : "available", ".\n"
1806 );
1807 print $OUT
1808"\nEnter h or `h h' for help, or `$doccmd perldebug' for more help.\n\n";
1809 } ## end else [ if ($term_pid eq '-1')
1810 } ## end unless ($runnonstop)
1811} ## end else [ if ($notty)
1812
1813# XXX This looks like a bug to me.
1814# Why copy to @ARGS and then futz with @args?
1815@ARGS = @ARGV;
1816for (@args) {
1817 # Make sure backslashes before single quotes are stripped out, and
1818 # keep args unless they are numeric (XXX why?)
1819 # s/\'/\\\'/g; # removed while not justified understandably
1820 # s/(.*)/'$1'/ unless /^-?[\d.]+$/; # ditto
1821}
1822
1823# If there was an afterinit() sub defined, call it. It will get
1824# executed in our scope, so it can fiddle with debugger globals.
1825if ( defined &afterinit ) { # May be defined in $rcfile
1826 &afterinit();
1827}
1828
1829# Inform us about "Stack dump during die enabled ..." in dieLevel().
1830$I_m_init = 1;
1831
1832############################################################ Subroutines
1833
1834=head1 SUBROUTINES
1835
1836=head2 DB
1837
1838This gigantic subroutine is the heart of the debugger. Called before every
1839statement, its job is to determine if a breakpoint has been reached, and
1840stop if so; read commands from the user, parse them, and execute
1841them, and hen send execution off to the next statement.
1842
1843Note that the order in which the commands are processed is very important;
1844some commands earlier in the loop will actually alter the C<$cmd> variable
1845to create other commands to be executed later. This is all highly I<optimized>
1846but can be confusing. Check the comments for each C<$cmd ... && do {}> to
1847see what's happening in any given command.
1848
1849=cut
1850
1851sub DB {
1852
1853 # lock the debugger and get the thread id for the prompt
1854 lock($DBGR);
1855 my $tid;
1856 if ($ENV{PERL5DB_THREADED}) {
1857 $tid = eval { "[".threads->tid."]" };
1858 }
1859
1860 # Check for whether we should be running continuously or not.
1861 # _After_ the perl program is compiled, $single is set to 1:
1862 if ( $single and not $second_time++ ) {
1863
1864 # Options say run non-stop. Run until we get an interrupt.
1865 if ($runnonstop) { # Disable until signal
1866 # If there's any call stack in place, turn off single
1867 # stepping into subs throughout the stack.
1868 for ( $i = 0 ; $i <= $stack_depth ; ) {
1869 $stack[ $i++ ] &= ~1;
1870 }
1871
1872 # And we are now no longer in single-step mode.
1873 $single = 0;
1874
1875 # If we simply returned at this point, we wouldn't get
1876 # the trace info. Fall on through.
1877 # return;
1878 } ## end if ($runnonstop)
1879
1880 elsif ($ImmediateStop) {
1881
1882 # We are supposed to stop here; XXX probably a break.
1883 $ImmediateStop = 0; # We've processed it; turn it off
1884 $signal = 1; # Simulate an interrupt to force
1885 # us into the command loop
1886 }
1887 } ## end if ($single and not $second_time...
1888
1889 # If we're in single-step mode, or an interrupt (real or fake)
1890 # has occurred, turn off non-stop mode.
1891 $runnonstop = 0 if $single or $signal;
1892
1893 # Preserve current values of $@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W.
1894 # The code being debugged may have altered them.
1895 &save;
1896
1897 # Since DB::DB gets called after every line, we can use caller() to
1898 # figure out where we last were executing. Sneaky, eh? This works because
1899 # caller is returning all the extra information when called from the
1900 # debugger.
1901 local ( $package, $filename, $line ) = caller;
1902 local $filename_ini = $filename;
1903
1904 # set up the context for DB::eval, so it can properly execute
1905 # code on behalf of the user. We add the package in so that the
1906 # code is eval'ed in the proper package (not in the debugger!).
1907 local $usercontext =
1908 '($@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W) = @saved;' . "package $package;";
1909
1910 # Create an alias to the active file magical array to simplify
1911 # the code here.
1912 local (*dbline) = $main::{ '_<' . $filename };
1913
1914 # we need to check for pseudofiles on Mac OS (these are files
1915 # not attached to a filename, but instead stored in Dev:Pseudo)
1916 if ( $^O eq 'MacOS' && $#dbline < 0 ) {
1917 $filename_ini = $filename = 'Dev:Pseudo';
1918 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $filename };
1919 }
1920
1921 # Last line in the program.
1922 local $max = $#dbline;
1923
1924 # if we have something here, see if we should break.
1925 if ( $dbline{$line}
1926 && ( ( $stop, $action ) = split( /\0/, $dbline{$line} ) ) )
1927 {
1928
1929 # Stop if the stop criterion says to just stop.
1930 if ( $stop eq '1' ) {
1931 $signal |= 1;
1932 }
1933
1934 # It's a conditional stop; eval it in the user's context and
1935 # see if we should stop. If so, remove the one-time sigil.
1936 elsif ($stop) {
1937 $evalarg = "\$DB::signal |= 1 if do {$stop}";
1938 &eval;
1939 $dbline{$line} =~ s/;9($|\0)/$1/;
1940 }
1941 } ## end if ($dbline{$line} && ...
1942
1943 # Preserve the current stop-or-not, and see if any of the W
1944 # (watch expressions) has changed.
1945 my $was_signal = $signal;
1946
1947 # If we have any watch expressions ...
1948 if ( $trace & 2 ) {
1949 for ( my $n = 0 ; $n <= $#to_watch ; $n++ ) {
1950 $evalarg = $to_watch[$n];
1951 local $onetimeDump; # Tell DB::eval() to not output results
1952
1953 # Fix context DB::eval() wants to return an array, but
1954 # we need a scalar here.
1955 my ($val) = join( "', '", &eval );
1956 $val = ( ( defined $val ) ? "'$val'" : 'undef' );
1957
1958 # Did it change?
1959 if ( $val ne $old_watch[$n] ) {
1960
1961 # Yep! Show the difference, and fake an interrupt.
1962 $signal = 1;
1963 print $OUT <<EOP;
1964Watchpoint $n:\t$to_watch[$n] changed:
1965 old value:\t$old_watch[$n]
1966 new value:\t$val
1967EOP
1968 $old_watch[$n] = $val;
1969 } ## end if ($val ne $old_watch...
1970 } ## end for (my $n = 0 ; $n <= ...
1971 } ## end if ($trace & 2)
1972
1973=head2 C<watchfunction()>
1974
1975C<watchfunction()> is a function that can be defined by the user; it is a
1976function which will be run on each entry to C<DB::DB>; it gets the
1977current package, filename, and line as its parameters.
1978
1979The watchfunction can do anything it likes; it is executing in the
1980debugger's context, so it has access to all of the debugger's internal
1981data structures and functions.
1982
1983C<watchfunction()> can control the debugger's actions. Any of the following
1984will cause the debugger to return control to the user's program after
1985C<watchfunction()> executes:
1986
1987=over 4
1988
1989=item *
1990
1991Returning a false value from the C<watchfunction()> itself.
1992
1993=item *
1994
1995Altering C<$single> to a false value.
1996
1997=item *
1998
1999Altering C<$signal> to a false value.
2000
2001=item *
2002
2003Turning off the C<4> bit in C<$trace> (this also disables the
2004check for C<watchfunction()>. This can be done with
2005
2006 $trace &= ~4;
2007
2008=back
2009
2010=cut
2011
2012 # If there's a user-defined DB::watchfunction, call it with the
2013 # current package, filename, and line. The function executes in
2014 # the DB:: package.
2015 if ( $trace & 4 ) { # User-installed watch
2016 return
2017 if watchfunction( $package, $filename, $line )
2018 and not $single
2019 and not $was_signal
2020 and not( $trace & ~4 );
2021 } ## end if ($trace & 4)
2022
2023 # Pick up any alteration to $signal in the watchfunction, and
2024 # turn off the signal now.
2025 $was_signal = $signal;
2026 $signal = 0;
2027
2028=head2 GETTING READY TO EXECUTE COMMANDS
2029
2030The debugger decides to take control if single-step mode is on, the
2031C<t> command was entered, or the user generated a signal. If the program
2032has fallen off the end, we set things up so that entering further commands
2033won't cause trouble, and we say that the program is over.
2034
2035=cut
2036
2037 # Check to see if we should grab control ($single true,
2038 # trace set appropriately, or we got a signal).
2039 if ( $single || ( $trace & 1 ) || $was_signal ) {
2040
2041 # Yes, grab control.
2042 if ($slave_editor) {
2043
2044 # Tell the editor to update its position.
2045 $position = "\032\032$filename:$line:0\n";
2046 print_lineinfo($position);
2047 }
2048
2049=pod
2050
2051Special check: if we're in package C<DB::fake>, we've gone through the
2052C<END> block at least once. We set up everything so that we can continue
2053to enter commands and have a valid context to be in.
2054
2055=cut
2056
2057 elsif ( $package eq 'DB::fake' ) {
2058
2059 # Fallen off the end already.
2060 $term || &setterm;
2061 print_help(<<EOP);
2062Debugged program terminated. Use B<q> to quit or B<R> to restart,
2063 use B<o> I<inhibit_exit> to avoid stopping after program termination,
2064 B<h q>, B<h R> or B<h o> to get additional info.
2065EOP
2066
2067 # Set the DB::eval context appropriately.
2068 $package = 'main';
2069 $usercontext =
2070 '($@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W) = @saved;'
2071 . "package $package;"; # this won't let them modify, alas
2072 } ## end elsif ($package eq 'DB::fake')
2073
2074=pod
2075
2076If the program hasn't finished executing, we scan forward to the
2077next executable line, print that out, build the prompt from the file and line
2078number information, and print that.
2079
2080=cut
2081
2082 else {
2083
2084 # Still somewhere in the midst of execution. Set up the
2085 # debugger prompt.
2086 $sub =~ s/\'/::/; # Swap Perl 4 package separators (') to
2087 # Perl 5 ones (sorry, we don't print Klingon
2088 #module names)
2089
2090 $prefix = $sub =~ /::/ ? "" : "${'package'}::";
2091 $prefix .= "$sub($filename:";
2092 $after = ( $dbline[$line] =~ /\n$/ ? '' : "\n" );
2093
2094 # Break up the prompt if it's really long.
2095 if ( length($prefix) > 30 ) {
2096 $position = "$prefix$line):\n$line:\t$dbline[$line]$after";
2097 $prefix = "";
2098 $infix = ":\t";
2099 }
2100 else {
2101 $infix = "):\t";
2102 $position = "$prefix$line$infix$dbline[$line]$after";
2103 }
2104
2105 # Print current line info, indenting if necessary.
2106 if ($frame) {
2107 print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth,
2108 "$line:\t$dbline[$line]$after" );
2109 }
2110 else {
2111 print_lineinfo($position);
2112 }
2113
2114 # Scan forward, stopping at either the end or the next
2115 # unbreakable line.
2116 for ( $i = $line + 1 ; $i <= $max && $dbline[$i] == 0 ; ++$i )
2117 { #{ vi
2118
2119 # Drop out on null statements, block closers, and comments.
2120 last if $dbline[$i] =~ /^\s*[\;\}\#\n]/;
2121
2122 # Drop out if the user interrupted us.
2123 last if $signal;
2124
2125 # Append a newline if the line doesn't have one. Can happen
2126 # in eval'ed text, for instance.
2127 $after = ( $dbline[$i] =~ /\n$/ ? '' : "\n" );
2128
2129 # Next executable line.
2130 $incr_pos = "$prefix$i$infix$dbline[$i]$after";
2131 $position .= $incr_pos;
2132 if ($frame) {
2133
2134 # Print it indented if tracing is on.
2135 print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth,
2136 "$i:\t$dbline[$i]$after" );
2137 }
2138 else {
2139 print_lineinfo($incr_pos);
2140 }
2141 } ## end for ($i = $line + 1 ; $i...
2142 } ## end else [ if ($slave_editor)
2143 } ## end if ($single || ($trace...
2144
2145=pod
2146
2147If there's an action to be executed for the line we stopped at, execute it.
2148If there are any preprompt actions, execute those as well.
2149
2150=cut
2151
2152 # If there's an action, do it now.
2153 $evalarg = $action, &eval if $action;
2154
2155 # Are we nested another level (e.g., did we evaluate a function
2156 # that had a breakpoint in it at the debugger prompt)?
2157 if ( $single || $was_signal ) {
2158
2159 # Yes, go down a level.
2160 local $level = $level + 1;
2161
2162 # Do any pre-prompt actions.
2163 foreach $evalarg (@$pre) {
2164 &eval;
2165 }
2166
2167 # Complain about too much recursion if we passed the limit.
2168 print $OUT $stack_depth . " levels deep in subroutine calls!\n"
2169 if $single & 4;
2170
2171 # The line we're currently on. Set $incr to -1 to stay here
2172 # until we get a command that tells us to advance.
2173 $start = $line;
2174 $incr = -1; # for backward motion.
2175
2176 # Tack preprompt debugger actions ahead of any actual input.
2177 @typeahead = ( @$pretype, @typeahead );
2178
2179=head2 WHERE ARE WE?
2180
2181XXX Relocate this section?
2182
2183The debugger normally shows the line corresponding to the current line of
2184execution. Sometimes, though, we want to see the next line, or to move elsewhere
2185in the file. This is done via the C<$incr>, C<$start>, and C<$max> variables.
2186
2187C<$incr> controls by how many lines the I<current> line should move forward
2188after a command is executed. If set to -1, this indicates that the I<current>
2189line shouldn't change.
2190
2191C<$start> is the I<current> line. It is used for things like knowing where to
2192move forwards or backwards from when doing an C<L> or C<-> command.
2193
2194C<$max> tells the debugger where the last line of the current file is. It's
2195used to terminate loops most often.
2196
2197=head2 THE COMMAND LOOP
2198
2199Most of C<DB::DB> is actually a command parsing and dispatch loop. It comes
2200in two parts:
2201
2202=over 4
2203
2204=item *
2205
2206The outer part of the loop, starting at the C<CMD> label. This loop
2207reads a command and then executes it.
2208
2209=item *
2210
2211The inner part of the loop, starting at the C<PIPE> label. This part
2212is wholly contained inside the C<CMD> block and only executes a command.
2213Used to handle commands running inside a pager.
2214
2215=back
2216
2217So why have two labels to restart the loop? Because sometimes, it's easier to
2218have a command I<generate> another command and then re-execute the loop to do
2219the new command. This is faster, but perhaps a bit more convoluted.
2220
2221=cut
2222
2223 # The big command dispatch loop. It keeps running until the
2224 # user yields up control again.
2225 #
2226 # If we have a terminal for input, and we get something back
2227 # from readline(), keep on processing.
2228 CMD:
2229 while (
2230
2231 # We have a terminal, or can get one ...
2232 ( $term || &setterm ),
2233
2234 # ... and it belogs to this PID or we get one for this PID ...
2235 ( $term_pid == $$ or resetterm(1) ),
2236
2237 # ... and we got a line of command input ...
2238 defined(
2239 $cmd = &readline(
2240 "$pidprompt $tid DB"
2241 . ( '<' x $level )
2242 . ( $#hist + 1 )
2243 . ( '>' x $level ) . " "
2244 )
2245 )
2246 )
2247 {
2248
2249 share($cmd);
2250 # ... try to execute the input as debugger commands.
2251
2252 # Don't stop running.
2253 $single = 0;
2254
2255 # No signal is active.
2256 $signal = 0;
2257
2258 # Handle continued commands (ending with \):
2259 $cmd =~ s/\\$/\n/ && do {
2260 $cmd .= &readline(" cont: ");
2261 redo CMD;
2262 };
2263
2264=head4 The null command
2265
2266A newline entered by itself means I<re-execute the last command>. We grab the
2267command out of C<$laststep> (where it was recorded previously), and copy it
2268back into C<$cmd> to be executed below. If there wasn't any previous command,
2269we'll do nothing below (no command will match). If there was, we also save it
2270in the command history and fall through to allow the command parsing to pick
2271it up.
2272
2273=cut
2274
2275 # Empty input means repeat the last command.
2276 $cmd =~ /^$/ && ( $cmd = $laststep );
2277 chomp($cmd); # get rid of the annoying extra newline
2278 push( @hist, $cmd ) if length($cmd) > 1;
2279 push( @truehist, $cmd );
2280 share(@hist);
2281 share(@truehist);
2282
2283 # This is a restart point for commands that didn't arrive
2284 # via direct user input. It allows us to 'redo PIPE' to
2285 # re-execute command processing without reading a new command.
2286 PIPE: {
2287 $cmd =~ s/^\s+//s; # trim annoying leading whitespace
2288 $cmd =~ s/\s+$//s; # trim annoying trailing whitespace
2289 ($i) = split( /\s+/, $cmd );
2290
2291=head3 COMMAND ALIASES
2292
2293The debugger can create aliases for commands (these are stored in the
2294C<%alias> hash). Before a command is executed, the command loop looks it up
2295in the alias hash and substitutes the contents of the alias for the command,
2296completely replacing it.
2297
2298=cut
2299
2300 # See if there's an alias for the command, and set it up if so.
2301 if ( $alias{$i} ) {
2302
2303 # Squelch signal handling; we want to keep control here
2304 # if something goes loco during the alias eval.
2305 local $SIG{__DIE__};
2306 local $SIG{__WARN__};
2307
2308 # This is a command, so we eval it in the DEBUGGER's
2309 # scope! Otherwise, we can't see the special debugger
2310 # variables, or get to the debugger's subs. (Well, we
2311 # _could_, but why make it even more complicated?)
2312 eval "\$cmd =~ $alias{$i}";
2313 if ($@) {
2314 local $\ = '';
2315 print $OUT "Couldn't evaluate `$i' alias: $@";
2316 next CMD;
2317 }
2318 } ## end if ($alias{$i})
2319
2320=head3 MAIN-LINE COMMANDS
2321
2322All of these commands work up to and after the program being debugged has
2323terminated.
2324
2325=head4 C<q> - quit
2326
2327Quit the debugger. This entails setting the C<$fall_off_end> flag, so we don't
2328try to execute further, cleaning any restart-related stuff out of the
2329environment, and executing with the last value of C<$?>.
2330
2331=cut
2332
2333 $cmd =~ /^q$/ && do {
2334 $fall_off_end = 1;
2335 clean_ENV();
2336 exit $?;
2337 };
2338
2339=head4 C<t> - trace
2340
2341Turn tracing on or off. Inverts the appropriate bit in C<$trace> (q.v.).
2342
2343=cut
2344
2345 $cmd =~ /^t$/ && do {
2346 $trace ^= 1;
2347 local $\ = '';
2348 print $OUT "Trace = "
2349 . ( ( $trace & 1 ) ? "on" : "off" ) . "\n";
2350 next CMD;
2351 };
2352
2353=head4 C<S> - list subroutines matching/not matching a pattern
2354
2355Walks through C<%sub>, checking to see whether or not to print the name.
2356
2357=cut
2358
2359 $cmd =~ /^S(\s+(!)?(.+))?$/ && do {
2360
2361 $Srev = defined $2; # Reverse scan?
2362 $Spatt = $3; # The pattern (if any) to use.
2363 $Snocheck = !defined $1; # No args - print all subs.
2364
2365 # Need to make these sane here.
2366 local $\ = '';
2367 local $, = '';
2368
2369 # Search through the debugger's magical hash of subs.
2370 # If $nocheck is true, just print the sub name.
2371 # Otherwise, check it against the pattern. We then use
2372 # the XOR trick to reverse the condition as required.
2373 foreach $subname ( sort( keys %sub ) ) {
2374 if ( $Snocheck or $Srev ^ ( $subname =~ /$Spatt/ ) ) {
2375 print $OUT $subname, "\n";
2376 }
2377 }
2378 next CMD;
2379 };
2380
2381=head4 C<X> - list variables in current package
2382
2383Since the C<V> command actually processes this, just change this to the
2384appropriate C<V> command and fall through.
2385
2386=cut
2387
2388 $cmd =~ s/^X\b/V $package/;
2389
2390=head4 C<V> - list variables
2391
2392Uses C<dumpvar.pl> to dump out the current values for selected variables.
2393
2394=cut
2395
2396 # Bare V commands get the currently-being-debugged package
2397 # added.
2398 $cmd =~ /^V$/ && do {
2399 $cmd = "V $package";
2400 };
2401
2402 # V - show variables in package.
2403 $cmd =~ /^V\b\s*(\S+)\s*(.*)/ && do {
2404
2405 # Save the currently selected filehandle and
2406 # force output to debugger's filehandle (dumpvar
2407 # just does "print" for output).
2408 local ($savout) = select($OUT);
2409
2410 # Grab package name and variables to dump.
2411 $packname = $1;
2412 @vars = split( ' ', $2 );
2413
2414 # If main::dumpvar isn't here, get it.
2415 do 'dumpvar.pl' || die $@ unless defined &main::dumpvar;
2416 if ( defined &main::dumpvar ) {
2417
2418 # We got it. Turn off subroutine entry/exit messages
2419 # for the moment, along with return values.
2420 local $frame = 0;
2421 local $doret = -2;
2422
2423 # must detect sigpipe failures - not catching
2424 # then will cause the debugger to die.
2425 eval {
2426 &main::dumpvar(
2427 $packname,
2428 defined $option{dumpDepth}
2429 ? $option{dumpDepth}
2430 : -1, # assume -1 unless specified
2431 @vars
2432 );
2433 };
2434
2435 # The die doesn't need to include the $@, because
2436 # it will automatically get propagated for us.
2437 if ($@) {
2438 die unless $@ =~ /dumpvar print failed/;
2439 }
2440 } ## end if (defined &main::dumpvar)
2441 else {
2442
2443 # Couldn't load dumpvar.
2444 print $OUT "dumpvar.pl not available.\n";
2445 }
2446
2447 # Restore the output filehandle, and go round again.
2448 select($savout);
2449 next CMD;
2450 };
2451
2452=head4 C<x> - evaluate and print an expression
2453
2454Hands the expression off to C<DB::eval>, setting it up to print the value
2455via C<dumpvar.pl> instead of just printing it directly.
2456
2457=cut
2458
2459 $cmd =~ s/^x\b/ / && do { # Remainder gets done by DB::eval()
2460 $onetimeDump = 'dump'; # main::dumpvar shows the output
2461
2462 # handle special "x 3 blah" syntax XXX propagate
2463 # doc back to special variables.
2464 if ( $cmd =~ s/^\s*(\d+)(?=\s)/ / ) {
2465 $onetimedumpDepth = $1;
2466 }
2467 };
2468
2469=head4 C<m> - print methods
2470
2471Just uses C<DB::methods> to determine what methods are available.
2472
2473=cut
2474
2475 $cmd =~ s/^m\s+([\w:]+)\s*$/ / && do {
2476 methods($1);
2477 next CMD;
2478 };
2479
2480 # m expr - set up DB::eval to do the work
2481 $cmd =~ s/^m\b/ / && do { # Rest gets done by DB::eval()
2482 $onetimeDump = 'methods'; # method output gets used there
2483 };
2484
2485=head4 C<f> - switch files
2486
2487=cut
2488
2489 $cmd =~ /^f\b\s*(.*)/ && do {
2490 $file = $1;
2491 $file =~ s/\s+$//;
2492
2493 # help for no arguments (old-style was return from sub).
2494 if ( !$file ) {
2495 print $OUT
2496 "The old f command is now the r command.\n"; # hint
2497 print $OUT "The new f command switches filenames.\n";
2498 next CMD;
2499 } ## end if (!$file)
2500
2501 # if not in magic file list, try a close match.
2502 if ( !defined $main::{ '_<' . $file } ) {
2503 if ( ($try) = grep( m#^_<.*$file#, keys %main:: ) ) {
2504 {
2505 $try = substr( $try, 2 );
2506 print $OUT "Choosing $try matching `$file':\n";
2507 $file = $try;
2508 }
2509 } ## end if (($try) = grep(m#^_<.*$file#...
2510 } ## end if (!defined $main::{ ...
2511
2512 # If not successfully switched now, we failed.
2513 if ( !defined $main::{ '_<' . $file } ) {
2514 print $OUT "No file matching `$file' is loaded.\n";
2515 next CMD;
2516 }
2517
2518 # We switched, so switch the debugger internals around.
2519 elsif ( $file ne $filename ) {
2520 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
2521 $max = $#dbline;
2522 $filename = $file;
2523 $start = 1;
2524 $cmd = "l";
2525 } ## end elsif ($file ne $filename)
2526
2527 # We didn't switch; say we didn't.
2528 else {
2529 print $OUT "Already in $file.\n";
2530 next CMD;
2531 }
2532 };
2533
2534=head4 C<.> - return to last-executed line.
2535
2536We set C<$incr> to -1 to indicate that the debugger shouldn't move ahead,
2537and then we look up the line in the magical C<%dbline> hash.
2538
2539=cut
2540
2541 # . command.
2542 $cmd =~ /^\.$/ && do {
2543 $incr = -1; # stay at current line
2544
2545 # Reset everything to the old location.
2546 $start = $line;
2547 $filename = $filename_ini;
2548 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $filename };
2549 $max = $#dbline;
2550
2551 # Now where are we?
2552 print_lineinfo($position);
2553 next CMD;
2554 };
2555
2556=head4 C<-> - back one window
2557
2558We change C<$start> to be one window back; if we go back past the first line,
2559we set it to be the first line. We ser C<$incr> to put us back at the
2560currently-executing line, and then put a C<l $start +> (list one window from
2561C<$start>) in C<$cmd> to be executed later.
2562
2563=cut
2564
2565 # - - back a window.
2566 $cmd =~ /^-$/ && do {
2567
2568 # back up by a window; go to 1 if back too far.
2569 $start -= $incr + $window + 1;
2570 $start = 1 if $start <= 0;
2571 $incr = $window - 1;
2572
2573 # Generate and execute a "l +" command (handled below).
2574 $cmd = 'l ' . ($start) . '+';
2575 };
2576
2577=head3 PRE-580 COMMANDS VS. NEW COMMANDS: C<a, A, b, B, h, l, L, M, o, O, P, v, w, W, E<lt>, E<lt>E<lt>, {, {{>
2578
2579In Perl 5.8.0, a realignment of the commands was done to fix up a number of
2580problems, most notably that the default case of several commands destroying
2581the user's work in setting watchpoints, actions, etc. We wanted, however, to
2582retain the old commands for those who were used to using them or who preferred
2583them. At this point, we check for the new commands and call C<cmd_wrapper> to
2584deal with them instead of processing them in-line.
2585
2586=cut
2587
2588 # All of these commands were remapped in perl 5.8.0;
2589 # we send them off to the secondary dispatcher (see below).
2590 $cmd =~ /^([aAbBeEhilLMoOPvwW]\b|[<>\{]{1,2})\s*(.*)/so && do {
2591 &cmd_wrapper( $1, $2, $line );
2592 next CMD;
2593 };
2594
2595=head4 C<y> - List lexicals in higher scope
2596
2597Uses C<PadWalker> to find the lexicals supplied as arguments in a scope
2598above the current one and then displays then using C<dumpvar.pl>.
2599
2600=cut
2601
2602 $cmd =~ /^y(?:\s+(\d*)\s*(.*))?$/ && do {
2603
2604 # See if we've got the necessary support.
2605 eval { require PadWalker; PadWalker->VERSION(0.08) }
2606 or &warn(
2607 $@ =~ /locate/
2608 ? "PadWalker module not found - please install\n"
2609 : $@
2610 )
2611 and next CMD;
2612
2613 # Load up dumpvar if we don't have it. If we can, that is.
2614 do 'dumpvar.pl' || die $@ unless defined &main::dumpvar;
2615 defined &main::dumpvar
2616 or print $OUT "dumpvar.pl not available.\n"
2617 and next CMD;
2618
2619 # Got all the modules we need. Find them and print them.
2620 my @vars = split( ' ', $2 || '' );
2621
2622 # Find the pad.
2623 my $h = eval { PadWalker::peek_my( ( $1 || 0 ) + 1 ) };
2624
2625 # Oops. Can't find it.
2626 $@ and $@ =~ s/ at .*//, &warn($@), next CMD;
2627
2628 # Show the desired vars with dumplex().
2629 my $savout = select($OUT);
2630
2631 # Have dumplex dump the lexicals.
2632 dumpvar::dumplex( $_, $h->{$_},
2633 defined $option{dumpDepth} ? $option{dumpDepth} : -1,
2634 @vars )
2635 for sort keys %$h;
2636 select($savout);
2637 next CMD;
2638 };
2639
2640=head3 COMMANDS NOT WORKING AFTER PROGRAM ENDS
2641
2642All of the commands below this point don't work after the program being
2643debugged has ended. All of them check to see if the program has ended; this
2644allows the commands to be relocated without worrying about a 'line of
2645demarcation' above which commands can be entered anytime, and below which
2646they can't.
2647
2648=head4 C<n> - single step, but don't trace down into subs
2649
2650Done by setting C<$single> to 2, which forces subs to execute straight through
2651when entered (see C<DB::sub>). We also save the C<n> command in C<$laststep>,
2652so a null command knows what to re-execute.
2653
2654=cut
2655
2656 # n - next
2657 $cmd =~ /^n$/ && do {
2658 end_report(), next CMD if $finished and $level <= 1;
2659
2660 # Single step, but don't enter subs.
2661 $single = 2;
2662
2663 # Save for empty command (repeat last).
2664 $laststep = $cmd;
2665 last CMD;
2666 };
2667
2668=head4 C<s> - single-step, entering subs
2669
2670Sets C<$single> to 1, which causes C<DB::sub> to continue tracing inside
2671subs. Also saves C<s> as C<$lastcmd>.
2672
2673=cut
2674
2675 # s - single step.
2676 $cmd =~ /^s$/ && do {
2677
2678 # Get out and restart the command loop if program
2679 # has finished.
2680 end_report(), next CMD if $finished and $level <= 1;
2681
2682 # Single step should enter subs.
2683 $single = 1;
2684
2685 # Save for empty command (repeat last).
2686 $laststep = $cmd;
2687 last CMD;
2688 };
2689
2690=head4 C<c> - run continuously, setting an optional breakpoint
2691
2692Most of the code for this command is taken up with locating the optional
2693breakpoint, which is either a subroutine name or a line number. We set
2694the appropriate one-time-break in C<@dbline> and then turn off single-stepping
2695in this and all call levels above this one.
2696
2697=cut
2698
2699 # c - start continuous execution.
2700 $cmd =~ /^c\b\s*([\w:]*)\s*$/ && do {
2701
2702 # Hey, show's over. The debugged program finished
2703 # executing already.
2704 end_report(), next CMD if $finished and $level <= 1;
2705
2706 # Capture the place to put a one-time break.
2707 $subname = $i = $1;
2708
2709 # Probably not needed, since we finish an interactive
2710 # sub-session anyway...
2711 # local $filename = $filename;
2712 # local *dbline = *dbline; # XXX Would this work?!
2713 #
2714 # The above question wonders if localizing the alias
2715 # to the magic array works or not. Since it's commented
2716 # out, we'll just leave that to speculation for now.
2717
2718 # If the "subname" isn't all digits, we'll assume it
2719 # is a subroutine name, and try to find it.
2720 if ( $subname =~ /\D/ ) { # subroutine name
2721 # Qualify it to the current package unless it's
2722 # already qualified.
2723 $subname = $package . "::" . $subname
2724 unless $subname =~ /::/;
2725
2726 # find_sub will return "file:line_number" corresponding
2727 # to where the subroutine is defined; we call find_sub,
2728 # break up the return value, and assign it in one
2729 # operation.
2730 ( $file, $i ) = ( find_sub($subname) =~ /^(.*):(.*)$/ );
2731
2732 # Force the line number to be numeric.
2733 $i += 0;
2734
2735 # If we got a line number, we found the sub.
2736 if ($i) {
2737
2738 # Switch all the debugger's internals around so
2739 # we're actually working with that file.
2740 $filename = $file;
2741 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $filename };
2742
2743 # Mark that there's a breakpoint in this file.
2744 $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 1;
2745
2746 # Scan forward to the first executable line
2747 # after the 'sub whatever' line.
2748 $max = $#dbline;
2749 ++$i while $dbline[$i] == 0 && $i < $max;
2750 } ## end if ($i)
2751
2752 # We didn't find a sub by that name.
2753 else {
2754 print $OUT "Subroutine $subname not found.\n";
2755 next CMD;
2756 }
2757 } ## end if ($subname =~ /\D/)
2758
2759 # At this point, either the subname was all digits (an
2760 # absolute line-break request) or we've scanned through
2761 # the code following the definition of the sub, looking
2762 # for an executable, which we may or may not have found.
2763 #
2764 # If $i (which we set $subname from) is non-zero, we
2765 # got a request to break at some line somewhere. On
2766 # one hand, if there wasn't any real subroutine name
2767 # involved, this will be a request to break in the current
2768 # file at the specified line, so we have to check to make
2769 # sure that the line specified really is breakable.
2770 #
2771 # On the other hand, if there was a subname supplied, the
2772 # preceding block has moved us to the proper file and
2773 # location within that file, and then scanned forward
2774 # looking for the next executable line. We have to make
2775 # sure that one was found.
2776 #
2777 # On the gripping hand, we can't do anything unless the
2778 # current value of $i points to a valid breakable line.
2779 # Check that.
2780 if ($i) {
2781
2782 # Breakable?
2783 if ( $dbline[$i] == 0 ) {
2784 print $OUT "Line $i not breakable.\n";
2785 next CMD;
2786 }
2787
2788 # Yes. Set up the one-time-break sigil.
2789 $dbline{$i} =~ s/($|\0)/;9$1/; # add one-time-only b.p.
2790 } ## end if ($i)
2791
2792 # Turn off stack tracing from here up.
2793 for ( $i = 0 ; $i <= $stack_depth ; ) {
2794 $stack[ $i++ ] &= ~1;
2795 }
2796 last CMD;
2797 };
2798
2799=head4 C<r> - return from a subroutine
2800
2801For C<r> to work properly, the debugger has to stop execution again
2802immediately after the return is executed. This is done by forcing
2803single-stepping to be on in the call level above the current one. If
2804we are printing return values when a C<r> is executed, set C<$doret>
2805appropriately, and force us out of the command loop.
2806
2807=cut
2808
2809 # r - return from the current subroutine.
2810 $cmd =~ /^r$/ && do {
2811
2812 # Can't do anythign if the program's over.
2813 end_report(), next CMD if $finished and $level <= 1;
2814
2815 # Turn on stack trace.
2816 $stack[$stack_depth] |= 1;
2817
2818 # Print return value unless the stack is empty.
2819 $doret = $option{PrintRet} ? $stack_depth - 1 : -2;
2820 last CMD;
2821 };
2822
2823=head4 C<T> - stack trace
2824
2825Just calls C<DB::print_trace>.
2826
2827=cut
2828
2829 $cmd =~ /^T$/ && do {
2830 print_trace( $OUT, 1 ); # skip DB
2831 next CMD;
2832 };
2833
2834=head4 C<w> - List window around current line.
2835
2836Just calls C<DB::cmd_w>.
2837
2838=cut
2839
2840 $cmd =~ /^w\b\s*(.*)/s && do { &cmd_w( 'w', $1 ); next CMD; };
2841
2842=head4 C<W> - watch-expression processing.
2843
2844Just calls C<DB::cmd_W>.
2845
2846=cut
2847
2848 $cmd =~ /^W\b\s*(.*)/s && do { &cmd_W( 'W', $1 ); next CMD; };
2849
2850=head4 C</> - search forward for a string in the source
2851
2852We take the argument and treat it as a pattern. If it turns out to be a
2853bad one, we return the error we got from trying to C<eval> it and exit.
2854If not, we create some code to do the search and C<eval> it so it can't
2855mess us up.
2856
2857=cut
2858
2859 $cmd =~ /^\/(.*)$/ && do {
2860
2861 # The pattern as a string.
2862 $inpat = $1;
2863
2864 # Remove the final slash.
2865 $inpat =~ s:([^\\])/$:$1:;
2866
2867 # If the pattern isn't null ...
2868 if ( $inpat ne "" ) {
2869
2870 # Turn of warn and die procesing for a bit.
2871 local $SIG{__DIE__};
2872 local $SIG{__WARN__};
2873
2874 # Create the pattern.
2875 eval '$inpat =~ m' . "\a$inpat\a";
2876 if ( $@ ne "" ) {
2877
2878 # Oops. Bad pattern. No biscuit.
2879 # Print the eval error and go back for more
2880 # commands.
2881 print $OUT "$@";
2882 next CMD;
2883 }
2884 $pat = $inpat;
2885 } ## end if ($inpat ne "")
2886
2887 # Set up to stop on wrap-around.
2888 $end = $start;
2889
2890 # Don't move off the current line.
2891 $incr = -1;
2892
2893 # Done in eval so nothing breaks if the pattern
2894 # does something weird.
2895 eval '
2896 for (;;) {
2897 # Move ahead one line.
2898 ++$start;
2899
2900 # Wrap if we pass the last line.
2901 $start = 1 if ($start > $max);
2902
2903 # Stop if we have gotten back to this line again,
2904 last if ($start == $end);
2905
2906 # A hit! (Note, though, that we are doing
2907 # case-insensitive matching. Maybe a qr//
2908 # expression would be better, so the user could
2909 # do case-sensitive matching if desired.
2910 if ($dbline[$start] =~ m' . "\a$pat\a" . 'i) {
2911 if ($slave_editor) {
2912 # Handle proper escaping in the slave.
2913 print $OUT "\032\032$filename:$start:0\n";
2914 }
2915 else {
2916 # Just print the line normally.
2917 print $OUT "$start:\t",$dbline[$start],"\n";
2918 }
2919 # And quit since we found something.
2920 last;
2921 }
2922 } ';
2923
2924 # If we wrapped, there never was a match.
2925 print $OUT "/$pat/: not found\n" if ( $start == $end );
2926 next CMD;
2927 };
2928
2929=head4 C<?> - search backward for a string in the source
2930
2931Same as for C</>, except the loop runs backwards.
2932
2933=cut
2934
2935 # ? - backward pattern search.
2936 $cmd =~ /^\?(.*)$/ && do {
2937
2938 # Get the pattern, remove trailing question mark.
2939 $inpat = $1;
2940 $inpat =~ s:([^\\])\?$:$1:;
2941
2942 # If we've got one ...
2943 if ( $inpat ne "" ) {
2944
2945 # Turn off die & warn handlers.
2946 local $SIG{__DIE__};
2947 local $SIG{__WARN__};
2948 eval '$inpat =~ m' . "\a$inpat\a";
2949
2950 if ( $@ ne "" ) {
2951
2952 # Ouch. Not good. Print the error.
2953 print $OUT $@;
2954 next CMD;
2955 }
2956 $pat = $inpat;
2957 } ## end if ($inpat ne "")
2958
2959 # Where we are now is where to stop after wraparound.
2960 $end = $start;
2961
2962 # Don't move away from this line.
2963 $incr = -1;
2964
2965 # Search inside the eval to prevent pattern badness
2966 # from killing us.
2967 eval '
2968 for (;;) {
2969 # Back up a line.
2970 --$start;
2971
2972 # Wrap if we pass the first line.
2973
2974 $start = $max if ($start <= 0);
2975
2976 # Quit if we get back where we started,
2977 last if ($start == $end);
2978
2979 # Match?
2980 if ($dbline[$start] =~ m' . "\a$pat\a" . 'i) {
2981 if ($slave_editor) {
2982 # Yep, follow slave editor requirements.
2983 print $OUT "\032\032$filename:$start:0\n";
2984 }
2985 else {
2986 # Yep, just print normally.
2987 print $OUT "$start:\t",$dbline[$start],"\n";
2988 }
2989
2990 # Found, so done.
2991 last;
2992 }
2993 } ';
2994
2995 # Say we failed if the loop never found anything,
2996 print $OUT "?$pat?: not found\n" if ( $start == $end );
2997 next CMD;
2998 };
2999
3000=head4 C<$rc> - Recall command
3001
3002Manages the commands in C<@hist> (which is created if C<Term::ReadLine> reports
3003that the terminal supports history). It find the the command required, puts it
3004into C<$cmd>, and redoes the loop to execute it.
3005
3006=cut
3007
3008 # $rc - recall command.
3009 $cmd =~ /^$rc+\s*(-)?(\d+)?$/ && do {
3010
3011 # No arguments, take one thing off history.
3012 pop(@hist) if length($cmd) > 1;
3013
3014 # Relative (- found)?
3015 # Y - index back from most recent (by 1 if bare minus)
3016 # N - go to that particular command slot or the last
3017 # thing if nothing following.
3018 $i = $1 ? ( $#hist - ( $2 || 1 ) ) : ( $2 || $#hist );
3019
3020 # Pick out the command desired.
3021 $cmd = $hist[$i];
3022
3023 # Print the command to be executed and restart the loop
3024 # with that command in the buffer.
3025 print $OUT $cmd, "\n";
3026 redo CMD;
3027 };
3028
3029=head4 C<$sh$sh> - C<system()> command
3030
3031Calls the C<DB::system()> to handle the command. This keeps the C<STDIN> and
3032C<STDOUT> from getting messed up.
3033
3034=cut
3035
3036 # $sh$sh - run a shell command (if it's all ASCII).
3037 # Can't run shell commands with Unicode in the debugger, hmm.
3038 $cmd =~ /^$sh$sh\s*([\x00-\xff]*)/ && do {
3039
3040 # System it.
3041 &system($1);
3042 next CMD;
3043 };
3044
3045=head4 C<$rc I<pattern> $rc> - Search command history
3046
3047Another command to manipulate C<@hist>: this one searches it with a pattern.
3048If a command is found, it is placed in C<$cmd> and executed via C<redo>.
3049
3050=cut
3051
3052 # $rc pattern $rc - find a command in the history.
3053 $cmd =~ /^$rc([^$rc].*)$/ && do {
3054
3055 # Create the pattern to use.
3056 $pat = "^$1";
3057
3058 # Toss off last entry if length is >1 (and it always is).
3059 pop(@hist) if length($cmd) > 1;
3060
3061 # Look backward through the history.
3062 for ( $i = $#hist ; $i ; --$i ) {
3063
3064 # Stop if we find it.
3065 last if $hist[$i] =~ /$pat/;
3066 }
3067
3068 if ( !$i ) {
3069
3070 # Never found it.
3071 print $OUT "No such command!\n\n";
3072 next CMD;
3073 }
3074
3075 # Found it. Put it in the buffer, print it, and process it.
3076 $cmd = $hist[$i];
3077 print $OUT $cmd, "\n";
3078 redo CMD;
3079 };
3080
3081=head4 C<$sh> - Invoke a shell
3082
3083Uses C<DB::system> to invoke a shell.
3084
3085=cut
3086
3087 # $sh - start a shell.
3088 $cmd =~ /^$sh$/ && do {
3089
3090 # Run the user's shell. If none defined, run Bourne.
3091 # We resume execution when the shell terminates.
3092 &system( $ENV{SHELL} || "/bin/sh" );
3093 next CMD;
3094 };
3095
3096=head4 C<$sh I<command>> - Force execution of a command in a shell
3097
3098Like the above, but the command is passed to the shell. Again, we use
3099C<DB::system> to avoid problems with C<STDIN> and C<STDOUT>.
3100
3101=cut
3102
3103 # $sh command - start a shell and run a command in it.
3104 $cmd =~ /^$sh\s*([\x00-\xff]*)/ && do {
3105
3106 # XXX: using csh or tcsh destroys sigint retvals!
3107 #&system($1); # use this instead
3108
3109 # use the user's shell, or Bourne if none defined.
3110 &system( $ENV{SHELL} || "/bin/sh", "-c", $1 );
3111 next CMD;
3112 };
3113
3114=head4 C<H> - display commands in history
3115
3116Prints the contents of C<@hist> (if any).
3117
3118=cut
3119
3120 $cmd =~ /^H\b\s*\*/ && do {
3121 @hist = @truehist = ();
3122 print $OUT "History cleansed\n";
3123 next CMD;
3124 };
3125
3126 $cmd =~ /^H\b\s*(-(\d+))?/ && do {
3127
3128 # Anything other than negative numbers is ignored by
3129 # the (incorrect) pattern, so this test does nothing.
3130 $end = $2 ? ( $#hist - $2 ) : 0;
3131
3132 # Set to the minimum if less than zero.
3133 $hist = 0 if $hist < 0;
3134
3135 # Start at the end of the array.
3136 # Stay in while we're still above the ending value.
3137 # Tick back by one each time around the loop.
3138 for ( $i = $#hist ; $i > $end ; $i-- ) {
3139
3140 # Print the command unless it has no arguments.
3141 print $OUT "$i: ", $hist[$i], "\n"
3142 unless $hist[$i] =~ /^.?$/;
3143 }
3144 next CMD;
3145 };
3146
3147=head4 C<man, doc, perldoc> - look up documentation
3148
3149Just calls C<runman()> to print the appropriate document.
3150
3151=cut
3152
3153 # man, perldoc, doc - show manual pages.
3154 $cmd =~ /^(?:man|(?:perl)?doc)\b(?:\s+([^(]*))?$/ && do {
3155 runman($1);
3156 next CMD;
3157 };
3158
3159=head4 C<p> - print
3160
3161Builds a C<print EXPR> expression in the C<$cmd>; this will get executed at
3162the bottom of the loop.
3163
3164=cut
3165
3166 # p - print (no args): print $_.
3167 $cmd =~ s/^p$/print {\$DB::OUT} \$_/;
3168
3169 # p - print the given expression.
3170 $cmd =~ s/^p\b/print {\$DB::OUT} /;
3171
3172=head4 C<=> - define command alias
3173
3174Manipulates C<%alias> to add or list command aliases.
3175
3176=cut
3177
3178 # = - set up a command alias.
3179 $cmd =~ s/^=\s*// && do {
3180 my @keys;
3181 if ( length $cmd == 0 ) {
3182
3183 # No args, get current aliases.
3184 @keys = sort keys %alias;
3185 }
3186 elsif ( my ( $k, $v ) = ( $cmd =~ /^(\S+)\s+(\S.*)/ ) ) {
3187
3188 # Creating a new alias. $k is alias name, $v is
3189 # alias value.
3190
3191 # can't use $_ or kill //g state
3192 for my $x ( $k, $v ) {
3193
3194 # Escape "alarm" characters.
3195 $x =~ s/\a/\\a/g;
3196 }
3197
3198 # Substitute key for value, using alarm chars
3199 # as separators (which is why we escaped them in
3200 # the command).
3201 $alias{$k} = "s\a$k\a$v\a";
3202
3203 # Turn off standard warn and die behavior.
3204 local $SIG{__DIE__};
3205 local $SIG{__WARN__};
3206
3207 # Is it valid Perl?
3208 unless ( eval "sub { s\a$k\a$v\a }; 1" ) {
3209
3210 # Nope. Bad alias. Say so and get out.
3211 print $OUT "Can't alias $k to $v: $@\n";
3212 delete $alias{$k};
3213 next CMD;
3214 }
3215
3216 # We'll only list the new one.
3217 @keys = ($k);
3218 } ## end elsif (my ($k, $v) = ($cmd...
3219
3220 # The argument is the alias to list.
3221 else {
3222 @keys = ($cmd);
3223 }
3224
3225 # List aliases.
3226 for my $k (@keys) {
3227
3228 # Messy metaquoting: Trim the substiution code off.
3229 # We use control-G as the delimiter because it's not
3230 # likely to appear in the alias.
3231 if ( ( my $v = $alias{$k} ) =~ s\as\a$k\a(.*)\a$\a1\a ) {
3232
3233 # Print the alias.
3234 print $OUT "$k\t= $1\n";
3235 }
3236 elsif ( defined $alias{$k} ) {
3237
3238 # Couldn't trim it off; just print the alias code.
3239 print $OUT "$k\t$alias{$k}\n";
3240 }
3241 else {
3242
3243 # No such, dude.
3244 print "No alias for $k\n";
3245 }
3246 } ## end for my $k (@keys)
3247 next CMD;
3248 };
3249
3250=head4 C<source> - read commands from a file.
3251
3252Opens a lexical filehandle and stacks it on C<@cmdfhs>; C<DB::readline> will
3253pick it up.
3254
3255=cut
3256
3257 # source - read commands from a file (or pipe!) and execute.
3258 $cmd =~ /^source\s+(.*\S)/ && do {
3259 if ( open my $fh, $1 ) {
3260
3261 # Opened OK; stick it in the list of file handles.
3262 push @cmdfhs, $fh;
3263 }
3264 else {
3265
3266 # Couldn't open it.
3267 &warn("Can't execute `$1': $!\n");
3268 }
3269 next CMD;
3270 };
3271
3272=head4 C<save> - send current history to a file
3273
3274Takes the complete history, (not the shrunken version you see with C<H>),
3275and saves it to the given filename, so it can be replayed using C<source>.
3276
3277Note that all C<^(save|source)>'s are commented out with a view to minimise recursion.
3278
3279=cut
3280
3281 # save source - write commands to a file for later use
3282 $cmd =~ /^save\s*(.*)$/ && do {
3283 my $file = $1 || '.perl5dbrc'; # default?
3284 if ( open my $fh, "> $file" ) {
3285
3286 # chomp to remove extraneous newlines from source'd files
3287 chomp( my @truelist =
3288 map { m/^\s*(save|source)/ ? "#$_" : $_ }
3289 @truehist );
3290 print $fh join( "\n", @truelist );
3291 print "commands saved in $file\n";
3292 }
3293 else {
3294 &warn("Can't save debugger commands in '$1': $!\n");
3295 }
3296 next CMD;
3297 };
3298
3299=head4 C<R> - restart
3300
3301Restart the debugger session.
3302
3303=head4 C<rerun> - rerun the current session
3304
3305Return to any given position in the B<true>-history list
3306
3307=cut
3308
3309 # R - restart execution.
3310 # rerun - controlled restart execution.
3311 $cmd =~ /^(R|rerun\s*(.*))$/ && do {
3312 my @args = ($1 eq 'R' ? restart() : rerun($2));
3313
3314 # Close all non-system fds for a clean restart. A more
3315 # correct method would be to close all fds that were not
3316 # open when the process started, but this seems to be
3317 # hard. See "debugger 'R'estart and open database
3318 # connections" on p5p.
3319
3320 my $max_fd = 1024; # default if POSIX can't be loaded
3321 if (eval { require POSIX }) {
3322 $max_fd = POSIX::sysconf(POSIX::_SC_OPEN_MAX());
3323 }
3324
3325 if (defined $max_fd) {
3326 foreach ($^F+1 .. $max_fd-1) {
3327 next unless open FD_TO_CLOSE, "<&=$_";
3328 close(FD_TO_CLOSE);
3329 }
3330 }
3331
3332 # And run Perl again. We use exec() to keep the
3333 # PID stable (and that way $ini_pids is still valid).
3334 exec(@args) || print $OUT "exec failed: $!\n";
3335
3336 last CMD;
3337 };
3338
3339=head4 C<|, ||> - pipe output through the pager.
3340
3341For C<|>, we save C<OUT> (the debugger's output filehandle) and C<STDOUT>
3342(the program's standard output). For C<||>, we only save C<OUT>. We open a
3343pipe to the pager (restoring the output filehandles if this fails). If this
3344is the C<|> command, we also set up a C<SIGPIPE> handler which will simply
3345set C<$signal>, sending us back into the debugger.
3346
3347We then trim off the pipe symbols and C<redo> the command loop at the
3348C<PIPE> label, causing us to evaluate the command in C<$cmd> without
3349reading another.
3350
3351=cut
3352
3353 # || - run command in the pager, with output to DB::OUT.
3354 $cmd =~ /^\|\|?\s*[^|]/ && do {
3355 if ( $pager =~ /^\|/ ) {
3356
3357 # Default pager is into a pipe. Redirect I/O.
3358 open( SAVEOUT, ">&STDOUT" )
3359 || &warn("Can't save STDOUT");
3360 open( STDOUT, ">&OUT" )
3361 || &warn("Can't redirect STDOUT");
3362 } ## end if ($pager =~ /^\|/)
3363 else {
3364
3365 # Not into a pipe. STDOUT is safe.
3366 open( SAVEOUT, ">&OUT" ) || &warn("Can't save DB::OUT");
3367 }
3368
3369 # Fix up environment to record we have less if so.
3370 fix_less();
3371
3372 unless ( $piped = open( OUT, $pager ) ) {
3373
3374 # Couldn't open pipe to pager.
3375 &warn("Can't pipe output to `$pager'");
3376 if ( $pager =~ /^\|/ ) {
3377
3378 # Redirect I/O back again.
3379 open( OUT, ">&STDOUT" ) # XXX: lost message
3380 || &warn("Can't restore DB::OUT");
3381 open( STDOUT, ">&SAVEOUT" )
3382 || &warn("Can't restore STDOUT");
3383 close(SAVEOUT);
3384 } ## end if ($pager =~ /^\|/)
3385 else {
3386
3387 # Redirect I/O. STDOUT already safe.
3388 open( OUT, ">&STDOUT" ) # XXX: lost message
3389 || &warn("Can't restore DB::OUT");
3390 }
3391 next CMD;
3392 } ## end unless ($piped = open(OUT,...
3393
3394 # Set up broken-pipe handler if necessary.
3395 $SIG{PIPE} = \&DB::catch
3396 if $pager =~ /^\|/
3397 && ( "" eq $SIG{PIPE} || "DEFAULT" eq $SIG{PIPE} );
3398
3399 # Save current filehandle, unbuffer out, and put it back.
3400 $selected = select(OUT);
3401 $| = 1;
3402
3403 # Don't put it back if pager was a pipe.
3404 select($selected), $selected = "" unless $cmd =~ /^\|\|/;
3405
3406 # Trim off the pipe symbols and run the command now.
3407 $cmd =~ s/^\|+\s*//;
3408 redo PIPE;
3409 };
3410
3411=head3 END OF COMMAND PARSING
3412
3413Anything left in C<$cmd> at this point is a Perl expression that we want to
3414evaluate. We'll always evaluate in the user's context, and fully qualify
3415any variables we might want to address in the C<DB> package.
3416
3417=cut
3418
3419 # t - turn trace on.
3420 $cmd =~ s/^t\s/\$DB::trace |= 1;\n/;
3421
3422 # s - single-step. Remember the last command was 's'.
3423 $cmd =~ s/^s\s/\$DB::single = 1;\n/ && do { $laststep = 's' };
3424
3425 # n - single-step, but not into subs. Remember last command
3426 # was 'n'.
3427 $cmd =~ s/^n\s/\$DB::single = 2;\n/ && do { $laststep = 'n' };
3428
3429 } # PIPE:
3430
3431 # Make sure the flag that says "the debugger's running" is
3432 # still on, to make sure we get control again.
3433 $evalarg = "\$^D = \$^D | \$DB::db_stop;\n$cmd";
3434
3435 # Run *our* eval that executes in the caller's context.
3436 &eval;
3437
3438 # Turn off the one-time-dump stuff now.
3439 if ($onetimeDump) {
3440 $onetimeDump = undef;
3441 $onetimedumpDepth = undef;
3442 }
3443 elsif ( $term_pid == $$ ) {
3444 eval { # May run under miniperl, when not available...
3445 STDOUT->flush();
3446 STDERR->flush();
3447 };
3448
3449 # XXX If this is the master pid, print a newline.
3450 print $OUT "\n";
3451 }
3452 } ## end while (($term || &setterm...
3453
3454=head3 POST-COMMAND PROCESSING
3455
3456After each command, we check to see if the command output was piped anywhere.
3457If so, we go through the necessary code to unhook the pipe and go back to
3458our standard filehandles for input and output.
3459
3460=cut
3461
3462 continue { # CMD:
3463
3464 # At the end of every command:
3465 if ($piped) {
3466
3467 # Unhook the pipe mechanism now.
3468 if ( $pager =~ /^\|/ ) {
3469
3470 # No error from the child.
3471 $? = 0;
3472
3473 # we cannot warn here: the handle is missing --tchrist
3474 close(OUT) || print SAVEOUT "\nCan't close DB::OUT\n";
3475
3476 # most of the $? crud was coping with broken cshisms
3477 # $? is explicitly set to 0, so this never runs.
3478 if ($?) {
3479 print SAVEOUT "Pager `$pager' failed: ";
3480 if ( $? == -1 ) {
3481 print SAVEOUT "shell returned -1\n";
3482 }
3483 elsif ( $? >> 8 ) {
3484 print SAVEOUT ( $? & 127 )
3485 ? " (SIG#" . ( $? & 127 ) . ")"
3486 : "", ( $? & 128 ) ? " -- core dumped" : "", "\n";
3487 }
3488 else {
3489 print SAVEOUT "status ", ( $? >> 8 ), "\n";
3490 }
3491 } ## end if ($?)
3492
3493 # Reopen filehandle for our output (if we can) and
3494 # restore STDOUT (if we can).
3495 open( OUT, ">&STDOUT" ) || &warn("Can't restore DB::OUT");
3496 open( STDOUT, ">&SAVEOUT" )
3497 || &warn("Can't restore STDOUT");
3498
3499 # Turn off pipe exception handler if necessary.
3500 $SIG{PIPE} = "DEFAULT" if $SIG{PIPE} eq \&DB::catch;
3501
3502 # Will stop ignoring SIGPIPE if done like nohup(1)
3503 # does SIGINT but Perl doesn't give us a choice.
3504 } ## end if ($pager =~ /^\|/)
3505 else {
3506
3507 # Non-piped "pager". Just restore STDOUT.
3508 open( OUT, ">&SAVEOUT" ) || &warn("Can't restore DB::OUT");
3509 }
3510
3511 # Close filehandle pager was using, restore the normal one
3512 # if necessary,
3513 close(SAVEOUT);
3514 select($selected), $selected = "" unless $selected eq "";
3515
3516 # No pipes now.
3517 $piped = "";
3518 } ## end if ($piped)
3519 } # CMD:
3520
3521=head3 COMMAND LOOP TERMINATION
3522
3523When commands have finished executing, we come here. If the user closed the
3524input filehandle, we turn on C<$fall_off_end> to emulate a C<q> command. We
3525evaluate any post-prompt items. We restore C<$@>, C<$!>, C<$^E>, C<$,>, C<$/>,
3526C<$\>, and C<$^W>, and return a null list as expected by the Perl interpreter.
3527The interpreter will then execute the next line and then return control to us
3528again.
3529
3530=cut
3531
3532 # No more commands? Quit.
3533 $fall_off_end = 1 unless defined $cmd; # Emulate `q' on EOF
3534
3535 # Evaluate post-prompt commands.
3536 foreach $evalarg (@$post) {
3537 &eval;
3538 }
3539 } # if ($single || $signal)
3540
3541 # Put the user's globals back where you found them.
3542 ( $@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W ) = @saved;
3543 ();
3544} ## end sub DB
3545
3546# The following code may be executed now:
3547# BEGIN {warn 4}
3548
3549=head2 sub
3550
3551C<sub> is called whenever a subroutine call happens in the program being
3552debugged. The variable C<$DB::sub> contains the name of the subroutine
3553being called.
3554
3555The core function of this subroutine is to actually call the sub in the proper
3556context, capturing its output. This of course causes C<DB::DB> to get called
3557again, repeating until the subroutine ends and returns control to C<DB::sub>
3558again. Once control returns, C<DB::sub> figures out whether or not to dump the
3559return value, and returns its captured copy of the return value as its own
3560return value. The value then feeds back into the program being debugged as if
3561C<DB::sub> hadn't been there at all.
3562
3563C<sub> does all the work of printing the subroutine entry and exit messages
3564enabled by setting C<$frame>. It notes what sub the autoloader got called for,
3565and also prints the return value if needed (for the C<r> command and if
3566the 16 bit is set in C<$frame>).
3567
3568It also tracks the subroutine call depth by saving the current setting of
3569C<$single> in the C<@stack> package global; if this exceeds the value in
3570C<$deep>, C<sub> automatically turns on printing of the current depth by
3571setting the C<4> bit in C<$single>. In any case, it keeps the current setting
3572of stop/don't stop on entry to subs set as it currently is set.
3573
3574=head3 C<caller()> support
3575
3576If C<caller()> is called from the package C<DB>, it provides some
3577additional data, in the following order:
3578
3579=over 4
3580
3581=item * C<$package>
3582
3583The package name the sub was in
3584
3585=item * C<$filename>
3586
3587The filename it was defined in
3588
3589=item * C<$line>
3590
3591The line number it was defined on
3592
3593=item * C<$subroutine>
3594
3595The subroutine name; C<(eval)> if an C<eval>().
3596
3597=item * C<$hasargs>
3598
35991 if it has arguments, 0 if not
3600
3601=item * C<$wantarray>
3602
36031 if array context, 0 if scalar context
3604
3605=item * C<$evaltext>
3606
3607The C<eval>() text, if any (undefined for C<eval BLOCK>)
3608
3609=item * C<$is_require>
3610
3611frame was created by a C<use> or C<require> statement
3612
3613=item * C<$hints>
3614
3615pragma information; subject to change between versions
3616
3617=item * C<$bitmask>
3618
3619pragma information; subject to change between versions
3620
3621=item * C<@DB::args>
3622
3623arguments with which the subroutine was invoked
3624
3625=back
3626
3627=cut
3628
3629sub sub {
3630
3631 # lock ourselves under threads
3632 lock($DBGR);
3633
3634 # Whether or not the autoloader was running, a scalar to put the
3635 # sub's return value in (if needed), and an array to put the sub's
3636 # return value in (if needed).
3637 my ( $al, $ret, @ret ) = "";
3638 if ($sub =~ /^threads::new$/ && $ENV{PERL5DB_THREADED}) {
3639 print "creating new thread\n";
3640 }
3641
3642 # If the last ten characters are '::AUTOLOAD', note we've traced
3643 # into AUTOLOAD for $sub.
3644 if ( length($sub) > 10 && substr( $sub, -10, 10 ) eq '::AUTOLOAD' ) {
3645 $al = " for $$sub" if defined $$sub;
3646 }
3647
3648 # We stack the stack pointer and then increment it to protect us
3649 # from a situation that might unwind a whole bunch of call frames
3650 # at once. Localizing the stack pointer means that it will automatically
3651 # unwind the same amount when multiple stack frames are unwound.
3652 local $stack_depth = $stack_depth + 1; # Protect from non-local exits
3653
3654 # Expand @stack.
3655 $#stack = $stack_depth;
3656
3657 # Save current single-step setting.
3658 $stack[-1] = $single;
3659
3660 # Turn off all flags except single-stepping.
3661 $single &= 1;
3662
3663 # If we've gotten really deeply recursed, turn on the flag that will
3664 # make us stop with the 'deep recursion' message.
3665 $single |= 4 if $stack_depth == $deep;
3666
3667 # If frame messages are on ...
3668 (
3669 $frame & 4 # Extended frame entry message
3670 ? (
3671 print_lineinfo( ' ' x ( $stack_depth - 1 ), "in " ),
3672
3673 # Why -1? But it works! :-(
3674 # Because print_trace will call add 1 to it and then call
3675 # dump_trace; this results in our skipping -1+1 = 0 stack frames
3676 # in dump_trace.
3677 print_trace( $LINEINFO, -1, 1, 1, "$sub$al" )
3678 )
3679 : print_lineinfo( ' ' x ( $stack_depth - 1 ), "entering $sub$al\n" )
3680
3681 # standard frame entry message
3682 )
3683 if $frame;
3684
3685 # Determine the sub's return type,and capture approppriately.
3686 if (wantarray) {
3687
3688 # Called in array context. call sub and capture output.
3689 # DB::DB will recursively get control again if appropriate; we'll come
3690 # back here when the sub is finished.
3691 @ret = &$sub;
3692
3693 # Pop the single-step value back off the stack.
3694 $single |= $stack[ $stack_depth-- ];
3695
3696 # Check for exit trace messages...
3697 (
3698 $frame & 4 # Extended exit message
3699 ? (
3700 print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth, "out " ),
3701 print_trace( $LINEINFO, -1, 1, 1, "$sub$al" )
3702 )
3703 : print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth, "exited $sub$al\n" )
3704
3705 # Standard exit message
3706 )
3707 if $frame & 2;
3708
3709 # Print the return info if we need to.
3710 if ( $doret eq $stack_depth or $frame & 16 ) {
3711
3712 # Turn off output record separator.
3713 local $\ = '';
3714 my $fh = ( $doret eq $stack_depth ? $OUT : $LINEINFO );
3715
3716 # Indent if we're printing because of $frame tracing.
3717 print $fh ' ' x $stack_depth if $frame & 16;
3718
3719 # Print the return value.
3720 print $fh "list context return from $sub:\n";
3721 dumpit( $fh, \@ret );
3722
3723 # And don't print it again.
3724 $doret = -2;
3725 } ## end if ($doret eq $stack_depth...
3726 # And we have to return the return value now.
3727 @ret;
3728 } ## end if (wantarray)
3729
3730 # Scalar context.
3731 else {
3732 if ( defined wantarray ) {
3733
3734 # Save the value if it's wanted at all.
3735 $ret = &$sub;
3736 }
3737 else {
3738
3739 # Void return, explicitly.
3740 &$sub;
3741 undef $ret;
3742 }
3743
3744 # Pop the single-step value off the stack.
3745 $single |= $stack[ $stack_depth-- ];
3746
3747 # If we're doing exit messages...
3748 (
3749 $frame & 4 # Extended messsages
3750 ? (
3751 print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth, "out " ),
3752 print_trace( $LINEINFO, -1, 1, 1, "$sub$al" )
3753 )
3754 : print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth, "exited $sub$al\n" )
3755
3756 # Standard messages
3757 )
3758 if $frame & 2;
3759
3760 # If we are supposed to show the return value... same as before.
3761 if ( $doret eq $stack_depth or $frame & 16 and defined wantarray ) {
3762 local $\ = '';
3763 my $fh = ( $doret eq $stack_depth ? $OUT : $LINEINFO );
3764 print $fh ( ' ' x $stack_depth ) if $frame & 16;
3765 print $fh (
3766 defined wantarray
3767 ? "scalar context return from $sub: "
3768 : "void context return from $sub\n"
3769 );
3770 dumpit( $fh, $ret ) if defined wantarray;
3771 $doret = -2;
3772 } ## end if ($doret eq $stack_depth...
3773
3774 # Return the appropriate scalar value.
3775 $ret;
3776 } ## end else [ if (wantarray)
3777} ## end sub sub
3778
3779=head1 EXTENDED COMMAND HANDLING AND THE COMMAND API
3780
3781In Perl 5.8.0, there was a major realignment of the commands and what they did,
3782Most of the changes were to systematize the command structure and to eliminate
3783commands that threw away user input without checking.
3784
3785The following sections describe the code added to make it easy to support
3786multiple command sets with conflicting command names. This section is a start
3787at unifying all command processing to make it simpler to develop commands.
3788
3789Note that all the cmd_[a-zA-Z] subroutines require the command name, a line
3790number, and C<$dbline> (the current line) as arguments.
3791
3792Support functions in this section which have multiple modes of failure C<die>
3793on error; the rest simply return a false value.
3794
3795The user-interface functions (all of the C<cmd_*> functions) just output
3796error messages.
3797
3798=head2 C<%set>
3799
3800The C<%set> hash defines the mapping from command letter to subroutine
3801name suffix.
3802
3803C<%set> is a two-level hash, indexed by set name and then by command name.
3804Note that trying to set the CommandSet to C<foobar> simply results in the
38055.8.0 command set being used, since there's no top-level entry for C<foobar>.
3806
3807=cut
3808
3809### The API section
3810
3811my %set = ( #
3812 'pre580' => {
3813 'a' => 'pre580_a',
3814 'A' => 'pre580_null',
3815 'b' => 'pre580_b',
3816 'B' => 'pre580_null',
3817 'd' => 'pre580_null',
3818 'D' => 'pre580_D',
3819 'h' => 'pre580_h',
3820 'M' => 'pre580_null',
3821 'O' => 'o',
3822 'o' => 'pre580_null',
3823 'v' => 'M',
3824 'w' => 'v',
3825 'W' => 'pre580_W',
3826 },
3827 'pre590' => {
3828 '<' => 'pre590_prepost',
3829 '<<' => 'pre590_prepost',
3830 '>' => 'pre590_prepost',
3831 '>>' => 'pre590_prepost',
3832 '{' => 'pre590_prepost',
3833 '{{' => 'pre590_prepost',
3834 },
3835);
3836
3837=head2 C<cmd_wrapper()> (API)
3838
3839C<cmd_wrapper()> allows the debugger to switch command sets
3840depending on the value of the C<CommandSet> option.
3841
3842It tries to look up the command in the C<%set> package-level I<lexical>
3843(which means external entities can't fiddle with it) and create the name of
3844the sub to call based on the value found in the hash (if it's there). I<All>
3845of the commands to be handled in a set have to be added to C<%set>; if they
3846aren't found, the 5.8.0 equivalent is called (if there is one).
3847
3848This code uses symbolic references.
3849
3850=cut
3851
3852sub cmd_wrapper {
3853 my $cmd = shift;
3854 my $line = shift;
3855 my $dblineno = shift;
3856
3857 # Assemble the command subroutine's name by looking up the
3858 # command set and command name in %set. If we can't find it,
3859 # default to the older version of the command.
3860 my $call = 'cmd_'
3861 . ( $set{$CommandSet}{$cmd}
3862 || ( $cmd =~ /^[<>{]+/o ? 'prepost' : $cmd ) );
3863
3864 # Call the command subroutine, call it by name.
3865 return &$call( $cmd, $line, $dblineno );
3866} ## end sub cmd_wrapper
3867
3868=head3 C<cmd_a> (command)
3869
3870The C<a> command handles pre-execution actions. These are associated with a
3871particular line, so they're stored in C<%dbline>. We default to the current
3872line if none is specified.
3873
3874=cut
3875
3876sub cmd_a {
3877 my $cmd = shift;
3878 my $line = shift || ''; # [.|line] expr
3879 my $dbline = shift;
3880
3881 # If it's dot (here), or not all digits, use the current line.
3882 $line =~ s/^(\.|(?:[^\d]))/$dbline/;
3883
3884 # Should be a line number followed by an expression.
3885 if ( $line =~ /^\s*(\d*)\s*(\S.+)/ ) {
3886 my ( $lineno, $expr ) = ( $1, $2 );
3887
3888 # If we have an expression ...
3889 if ( length $expr ) {
3890
3891 # ... but the line isn't breakable, complain.
3892 if ( $dbline[$lineno] == 0 ) {
3893 print $OUT
3894 "Line $lineno($dbline[$lineno]) does not have an action?\n";
3895 }
3896 else {
3897
3898 # It's executable. Record that the line has an action.
3899 $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 2;
3900
3901 # Remove any action, temp breakpoint, etc.
3902 $dbline{$lineno} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//;
3903
3904 # Add the action to the line.
3905 $dbline{$lineno} .= "\0" . action($expr);
3906 }
3907 } ## end if (length $expr)
3908 } ## end if ($line =~ /^\s*(\d*)\s*(\S.+)/)
3909 else {
3910
3911 # Syntax wrong.
3912 print $OUT
3913 "Adding an action requires an optional lineno and an expression\n"
3914 ; # hint
3915 }
3916} ## end sub cmd_a
3917
3918=head3 C<cmd_A> (command)
3919
3920Delete actions. Similar to above, except the delete code is in a separate
3921subroutine, C<delete_action>.
3922
3923=cut
3924
3925sub cmd_A {
3926 my $cmd = shift;
3927 my $line = shift || '';
3928 my $dbline = shift;
3929
3930 # Dot is this line.
3931 $line =~ s/^\./$dbline/;
3932
3933 # Call delete_action with a null param to delete them all.
3934 # The '1' forces the eval to be true. It'll be false only
3935 # if delete_action blows up for some reason, in which case
3936 # we print $@ and get out.
3937 if ( $line eq '*' ) {
3938 eval { &delete_action(); 1 } or print $OUT $@ and return;
3939 }
3940
3941 # There's a real line number. Pass it to delete_action.
3942 # Error trapping is as above.
3943 elsif ( $line =~ /^(\S.*)/ ) {
3944 eval { &delete_action($1); 1 } or print $OUT $@ and return;
3945 }
3946
3947 # Swing and a miss. Bad syntax.
3948 else {
3949 print $OUT
3950 "Deleting an action requires a line number, or '*' for all\n" ; # hint
3951 }
3952} ## end sub cmd_A
3953
3954=head3 C<delete_action> (API)
3955
3956C<delete_action> accepts either a line number or C<undef>. If a line number
3957is specified, we check for the line being executable (if it's not, it
3958couldn't have had an action). If it is, we just take the action off (this
3959will get any kind of an action, including breakpoints).
3960
3961=cut
3962
3963sub delete_action {
3964 my $i = shift;
3965 if ( defined($i) ) {
3966
3967 # Can there be one?
3968 die "Line $i has no action .\n" if $dbline[$i] == 0;
3969
3970 # Nuke whatever's there.
3971 $dbline{$i} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//; # \^a
3972 delete $dbline{$i} if $dbline{$i} eq '';
3973 }
3974 else {
3975 print $OUT "Deleting all actions...\n";
3976 for my $file ( keys %had_breakpoints ) {
3977 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
3978 my $max = $#dbline;
3979 my $was;
3980 for ( $i = 1 ; $i <= $max ; $i++ ) {
3981 if ( defined $dbline{$i} ) {
3982 $dbline{$i} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//;
3983 delete $dbline{$i} if $dbline{$i} eq '';
3984 }
3985 unless ( $had_breakpoints{$file} &= ~2 ) {
3986 delete $had_breakpoints{$file};
3987 }
3988 } ## end for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max...
3989 } ## end for my $file (keys %had_breakpoints)
3990 } ## end else [ if (defined($i))
3991} ## end sub delete_action
3992
3993=head3 C<cmd_b> (command)
3994
3995Set breakpoints. Since breakpoints can be set in so many places, in so many
3996ways, conditionally or not, the breakpoint code is kind of complex. Mostly,
3997we try to parse the command type, and then shuttle it off to an appropriate
3998subroutine to actually do the work of setting the breakpoint in the right
3999place.
4000
4001=cut
4002
4003sub cmd_b {
4004 my $cmd = shift;
4005 my $line = shift; # [.|line] [cond]
4006 my $dbline = shift;
4007
4008 # Make . the current line number if it's there..
4009 $line =~ s/^\./$dbline/;
4010
4011 # No line number, no condition. Simple break on current line.
4012 if ( $line =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
4013 &cmd_b_line( $dbline, 1 );
4014 }
4015
4016 # Break on load for a file.
4017 elsif ( $line =~ /^load\b\s*(.*)/ ) {
4018 my $file = $1;
4019 $file =~ s/\s+$//;
4020 &cmd_b_load($file);
4021 }
4022
4023 # b compile|postpone <some sub> [<condition>]
4024 # The interpreter actually traps this one for us; we just put the
4025 # necessary condition in the %postponed hash.
4026 elsif ( $line =~ /^(postpone|compile)\b\s*([':A-Za-z_][':\w]*)\s*(.*)/ ) {
4027
4028 # Capture the condition if there is one. Make it true if none.
4029 my $cond = length $3 ? $3 : '1';
4030
4031 # Save the sub name and set $break to 1 if $1 was 'postpone', 0
4032 # if it was 'compile'.
4033 my ( $subname, $break ) = ( $2, $1 eq 'postpone' );
4034
4035 # De-Perl4-ify the name - ' separators to ::.
4036 $subname =~ s/\'/::/g;
4037
4038 # Qualify it into the current package unless it's already qualified.
4039 $subname = "${'package'}::" . $subname unless $subname =~ /::/;
4040
4041 # Add main if it starts with ::.
4042 $subname = "main" . $subname if substr( $subname, 0, 2 ) eq "::";
4043
4044 # Save the break type for this sub.
4045 $postponed{$subname} = $break ? "break +0 if $cond" : "compile";
4046 } ## end elsif ($line =~ ...
4047
4048 # b <sub name> [<condition>]
4049 elsif ( $line =~ /^([':A-Za-z_][':\w]*(?:\[.*\])?)\s*(.*)/ ) {
4050
4051 #
4052 $subname = $1;
4053 $cond = length $2 ? $2 : '1';
4054 &cmd_b_sub( $subname, $cond );
4055 }
4056
4057 # b <line> [<condition>].
4058 elsif ( $line =~ /^(\d*)\s*(.*)/ ) {
4059
4060 # Capture the line. If none, it's the current line.
4061 $line = $1 || $dbline;
4062
4063 # If there's no condition, make it '1'.
4064 $cond = length $2 ? $2 : '1';
4065
4066 # Break on line.
4067 &cmd_b_line( $line, $cond );
4068 }
4069
4070 # Line didn't make sense.
4071 else {
4072 print "confused by line($line)?\n";
4073 }
4074} ## end sub cmd_b
4075
4076=head3 C<break_on_load> (API)
4077
4078We want to break when this file is loaded. Mark this file in the
4079C<%break_on_load> hash, and note that it has a breakpoint in
4080C<%had_breakpoints>.
4081
4082=cut
4083
4084sub break_on_load {
4085 my $file = shift;
4086 $break_on_load{$file} = 1;
4087 $had_breakpoints{$file} |= 1;
4088}
4089
4090=head3 C<report_break_on_load> (API)
4091
4092Gives us an array of filenames that are set to break on load. Note that
4093only files with break-on-load are in here, so simply showing the keys
4094suffices.
4095
4096=cut
4097
4098sub report_break_on_load {
4099 sort keys %break_on_load;
4100}
4101
4102=head3 C<cmd_b_load> (command)
4103
4104We take the file passed in and try to find it in C<%INC> (which maps modules
4105to files they came from). We mark those files for break-on-load via
4106C<break_on_load> and then report that it was done.
4107
4108=cut
4109
4110sub cmd_b_load {
4111 my $file = shift;
4112 my @files;
4113
4114 # This is a block because that way we can use a redo inside it
4115 # even without there being any looping structure at all outside it.
4116 {
4117
4118 # Save short name and full path if found.
4119 push @files, $file;
4120 push @files, $::INC{$file} if $::INC{$file};
4121
4122 # Tack on .pm and do it again unless there was a '.' in the name
4123 # already.
4124 $file .= '.pm', redo unless $file =~ /\./;
4125 }
4126
4127 # Do the real work here.
4128 break_on_load($_) for @files;
4129
4130 # All the files that have break-on-load breakpoints.
4131 @files = report_break_on_load;
4132
4133 # Normalize for the purposes of our printing this.
4134 local $\ = '';
4135 local $" = ' ';
4136 print $OUT "Will stop on load of `@files'.\n";
4137} ## end sub cmd_b_load
4138
4139=head3 C<$filename_error> (API package global)
4140
4141Several of the functions we need to implement in the API need to work both
4142on the current file and on other files. We don't want to duplicate code, so
4143C<$filename_error> is used to contain the name of the file that's being
4144worked on (if it's not the current one).
4145
4146We can now build functions in pairs: the basic function works on the current
4147file, and uses C<$filename_error> as part of its error message. Since this is
4148initialized to C<"">, no filename will appear when we are working on the
4149current file.
4150
4151The second function is a wrapper which does the following:
4152
4153=over 4
4154
4155=item *
4156
4157Localizes C<$filename_error> and sets it to the name of the file to be processed.
4158
4159=item *
4160
4161Localizes the C<*dbline> glob and reassigns it to point to the file we want to process.
4162
4163=item *
4164
4165Calls the first function.
4166
4167The first function works on the I<current> file (i.e., the one we changed to),
4168and prints C<$filename_error> in the error message (the name of the other file)
4169if it needs to. When the functions return, C<*dbline> is restored to point
4170to the actual current file (the one we're executing in) and
4171C<$filename_error> is restored to C<"">. This restores everything to
4172the way it was before the second function was called at all.
4173
4174See the comments in C<breakable_line> and C<breakable_line_in_file> for more
4175details.
4176
4177=back
4178
4179=cut
4180
4181$filename_error = '';
4182
4183=head3 breakable_line(from, to) (API)
4184
4185The subroutine decides whether or not a line in the current file is breakable.
4186It walks through C<@dbline> within the range of lines specified, looking for
4187the first line that is breakable.
4188
4189If C<$to> is greater than C<$from>, the search moves forwards, finding the
4190first line I<after> C<$to> that's breakable, if there is one.
4191
4192If C<$from> is greater than C<$to>, the search goes I<backwards>, finding the
4193first line I<before> C<$to> that's breakable, if there is one.
4194
4195=cut
4196
4197sub breakable_line {
4198
4199 my ( $from, $to ) = @_;
4200
4201 # $i is the start point. (Where are the FORTRAN programs of yesteryear?)
4202 my $i = $from;
4203
4204 # If there are at least 2 arguments, we're trying to search a range.
4205 if ( @_ >= 2 ) {
4206
4207 # $delta is positive for a forward search, negative for a backward one.
4208 my $delta = $from < $to ? +1 : -1;
4209
4210 # Keep us from running off the ends of the file.
4211 my $limit = $delta > 0 ? $#dbline : 1;
4212
4213 # Clever test. If you're a mathematician, it's obvious why this
4214 # test works. If not:
4215 # If $delta is positive (going forward), $limit will be $#dbline.
4216 # If $to is less than $limit, ($limit - $to) will be positive, times
4217 # $delta of 1 (positive), so the result is > 0 and we should use $to
4218 # as the stopping point.
4219 #
4220 # If $to is greater than $limit, ($limit - $to) is negative,
4221 # times $delta of 1 (positive), so the result is < 0 and we should
4222 # use $limit ($#dbline) as the stopping point.
4223 #
4224 # If $delta is negative (going backward), $limit will be 1.
4225 # If $to is zero, ($limit - $to) will be 1, times $delta of -1
4226 # (negative) so the result is > 0, and we use $to as the stopping
4227 # point.
4228 #
4229 # If $to is less than zero, ($limit - $to) will be positive,
4230 # times $delta of -1 (negative), so the result is not > 0, and
4231 # we use $limit (1) as the stopping point.
4232 #
4233 # If $to is 1, ($limit - $to) will zero, times $delta of -1
4234 # (negative), still giving zero; the result is not > 0, and
4235 # we use $limit (1) as the stopping point.
4236 #
4237 # if $to is >1, ($limit - $to) will be negative, times $delta of -1
4238 # (negative), giving a positive (>0) value, so we'll set $limit to
4239 # $to.
4240
4241 $limit = $to if ( $limit - $to ) * $delta > 0;
4242
4243 # The real search loop.
4244 # $i starts at $from (the point we want to start searching from).
4245 # We move through @dbline in the appropriate direction (determined
4246 # by $delta: either -1 (back) or +1 (ahead).
4247 # We stay in as long as we haven't hit an executable line
4248 # ($dbline[$i] == 0 means not executable) and we haven't reached
4249 # the limit yet (test similar to the above).
4250 $i += $delta while $dbline[$i] == 0 and ( $limit - $i ) * $delta > 0;
4251
4252 } ## end if (@_ >= 2)
4253
4254 # If $i points to a line that is executable, return that.
4255 return $i unless $dbline[$i] == 0;
4256
4257 # Format the message and print it: no breakable lines in range.
4258 my ( $pl, $upto ) = ( '', '' );
4259 ( $pl, $upto ) = ( 's', "..$to" ) if @_ >= 2 and $from != $to;
4260
4261 # If there's a filename in filename_error, we'll see it.
4262 # If not, not.
4263 die "Line$pl $from$upto$filename_error not breakable\n";
4264} ## end sub breakable_line
4265
4266=head3 breakable_line_in_filename(file, from, to) (API)
4267
4268Like C<breakable_line>, but look in another file.
4269
4270=cut
4271
4272sub breakable_line_in_filename {
4273
4274 # Capture the file name.
4275 my ($f) = shift;
4276
4277 # Swap the magic line array over there temporarily.
4278 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $f };
4279
4280 # If there's an error, it's in this other file.
4281 local $filename_error = " of `$f'";
4282
4283 # Find the breakable line.
4284 breakable_line(@_);
4285
4286 # *dbline and $filename_error get restored when this block ends.
4287
4288} ## end sub breakable_line_in_filename
4289
4290=head3 break_on_line(lineno, [condition]) (API)
4291
4292Adds a breakpoint with the specified condition (or 1 if no condition was
4293specified) to the specified line. Dies if it can't.
4294
4295=cut
4296
4297sub break_on_line {
4298 my ( $i, $cond ) = @_;
4299
4300 # Always true if no condition supplied.
4301 $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 2;
4302
4303 my $inii = $i;
4304 my $after = '';
4305 my $pl = '';
4306
4307 # Woops, not a breakable line. $filename_error allows us to say
4308 # if it was in a different file.
4309 die "Line $i$filename_error not breakable.\n" if $dbline[$i] == 0;
4310
4311 # Mark this file as having breakpoints in it.
4312 $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 1;
4313
4314 # If there is an action or condition here already ...
4315 if ( $dbline{$i} ) {
4316
4317 # ... swap this condition for the existing one.
4318 $dbline{$i} =~ s/^[^\0]*/$cond/;
4319 }
4320 else {
4321
4322 # Nothing here - just add the condition.
4323 $dbline{$i} = $cond;
4324 }
4325} ## end sub break_on_line
4326
4327=head3 cmd_b_line(line, [condition]) (command)
4328
4329Wrapper for C<break_on_line>. Prints the failure message if it
4330doesn't work.
4331
4332=cut
4333
4334sub cmd_b_line {
4335 eval { break_on_line(@_); 1 } or do {
4336 local $\ = '';
4337 print $OUT $@ and return;
4338 };
4339} ## end sub cmd_b_line
4340
4341=head3 break_on_filename_line(file, line, [condition]) (API)
4342
4343Switches to the file specified and then calls C<break_on_line> to set
4344the breakpoint.
4345
4346=cut
4347
4348sub break_on_filename_line {
4349 my ( $f, $i, $cond ) = @_;
4350
4351 # Always true if condition left off.
4352 $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 3;
4353
4354 # Switch the magical hash temporarily.
4355 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $f };
4356
4357 # Localize the variables that break_on_line uses to make its message.
4358 local $filename_error = " of `$f'";
4359 local $filename = $f;
4360
4361 # Add the breakpoint.
4362 break_on_line( $i, $cond );
4363} ## end sub break_on_filename_line
4364
4365=head3 break_on_filename_line_range(file, from, to, [condition]) (API)
4366
4367Switch to another file, search the range of lines specified for an
4368executable one, and put a breakpoint on the first one you find.
4369
4370=cut
4371
4372sub break_on_filename_line_range {
4373 my ( $f, $from, $to, $cond ) = @_;
4374
4375 # Find a breakable line if there is one.
4376 my $i = breakable_line_in_filename( $f, $from, $to );
4377
4378 # Always true if missing.
4379 $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 3;
4380
4381 # Add the breakpoint.
4382 break_on_filename_line( $f, $i, $cond );
4383} ## end sub break_on_filename_line_range
4384
4385=head3 subroutine_filename_lines(subname, [condition]) (API)
4386
4387Search for a subroutine within a given file. The condition is ignored.
4388Uses C<find_sub> to locate the desired subroutine.
4389
4390=cut
4391
4392sub subroutine_filename_lines {
4393 my ( $subname, $cond ) = @_;
4394
4395 # Returned value from find_sub() is fullpathname:startline-endline.
4396 # The match creates the list (fullpathname, start, end). Falling off
4397 # the end of the subroutine returns this implicitly.
4398 find_sub($subname) =~ /^(.*):(\d+)-(\d+)$/;
4399} ## end sub subroutine_filename_lines
4400
4401=head3 break_subroutine(subname) (API)
4402
4403Places a break on the first line possible in the specified subroutine. Uses
4404C<subroutine_filename_lines> to find the subroutine, and
4405C<break_on_filename_line_range> to place the break.
4406
4407=cut
4408
4409sub break_subroutine {
4410 my $subname = shift;
4411
4412 # Get filename, start, and end.
4413 my ( $file, $s, $e ) = subroutine_filename_lines($subname)
4414 or die "Subroutine $subname not found.\n";
4415
4416 # Null condition changes to '1' (always true).
4417 $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 2;
4418
4419 # Put a break the first place possible in the range of lines
4420 # that make up this subroutine.
4421 break_on_filename_line_range( $file, $s, $e, @_ );
4422} ## end sub break_subroutine
4423
4424=head3 cmd_b_sub(subname, [condition]) (command)
4425
4426We take the incoming subroutine name and fully-qualify it as best we can.
4427
4428=over 4
4429
4430=item 1. If it's already fully-qualified, leave it alone.
4431
4432=item 2. Try putting it in the current package.
4433
4434=item 3. If it's not there, try putting it in CORE::GLOBAL if it exists there.
4435
4436=item 4. If it starts with '::', put it in 'main::'.
4437
4438=back
4439
4440After all this cleanup, we call C<break_subroutine> to try to set the
4441breakpoint.
4442
4443=cut
4444
4445sub cmd_b_sub {
4446 my ( $subname, $cond ) = @_;
4447
4448 # Add always-true condition if we have none.
4449 $cond = 1 unless @_ >= 2;
4450
4451 # If the subname isn't a code reference, qualify it so that
4452 # break_subroutine() will work right.
4453 unless ( ref $subname eq 'CODE' ) {
4454
4455 # Not Perl4.
4456 $subname =~ s/\'/::/g;
4457 my $s = $subname;
4458
4459 # Put it in this package unless it's already qualified.
4460 $subname = "${'package'}::" . $subname
4461 unless $subname =~ /::/;
4462
4463 # Requalify it into CORE::GLOBAL if qualifying it into this
4464 # package resulted in its not being defined, but only do so
4465 # if it really is in CORE::GLOBAL.
4466 $subname = "CORE::GLOBAL::$s"
4467 if not defined &$subname
4468 and $s !~ /::/
4469 and defined &{"CORE::GLOBAL::$s"};
4470
4471 # Put it in package 'main' if it has a leading ::.
4472 $subname = "main" . $subname if substr( $subname, 0, 2 ) eq "::";
4473
4474 } ## end unless (ref $subname eq 'CODE')
4475
4476 # Try to set the breakpoint.
4477 eval { break_subroutine( $subname, $cond ); 1 } or do {
4478 local $\ = '';
4479 print $OUT $@ and return;
4480 }
4481} ## end sub cmd_b_sub
4482
4483=head3 C<cmd_B> - delete breakpoint(s) (command)
4484
4485The command mostly parses the command line and tries to turn the argument
4486into a line spec. If it can't, it uses the current line. It then calls
4487C<delete_breakpoint> to actually do the work.
4488
4489If C<*> is specified, C<cmd_B> calls C<delete_breakpoint> with no arguments,
4490thereby deleting all the breakpoints.
4491
4492=cut
4493
4494sub cmd_B {
4495 my $cmd = shift;
4496
4497 # No line spec? Use dbline.
4498 # If there is one, use it if it's non-zero, or wipe it out if it is.
4499 my $line = ( $_[0] =~ /^\./ ) ? $dbline : shift || '';
4500 my $dbline = shift;
4501
4502 # If the line was dot, make the line the current one.
4503 $line =~ s/^\./$dbline/;
4504
4505 # If it's * we're deleting all the breakpoints.
4506 if ( $line eq '*' ) {
4507 eval { &delete_breakpoint(); 1 } or print $OUT $@ and return;
4508 }
4509
4510 # If there is a line spec, delete the breakpoint on that line.
4511 elsif ( $line =~ /^(\S.*)/ ) {
4512 eval { &delete_breakpoint( $line || $dbline ); 1 } or do {
4513 local $\ = '';
4514 print $OUT $@ and return;
4515 };
4516 } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^(\S.*)/)
4517
4518 # No line spec.
4519 else {
4520 print $OUT
4521 "Deleting a breakpoint requires a line number, or '*' for all\n"
4522 ; # hint
4523 }
4524} ## end sub cmd_B
4525
4526=head3 delete_breakpoint([line]) (API)
4527
4528This actually does the work of deleting either a single breakpoint, or all
4529of them.
4530
4531For a single line, we look for it in C<@dbline>. If it's nonbreakable, we
4532just drop out with a message saying so. If it is, we remove the condition
4533part of the 'condition\0action' that says there's a breakpoint here. If,
4534after we've done that, there's nothing left, we delete the corresponding
4535line in C<%dbline> to signal that no action needs to be taken for this line.
4536
4537For all breakpoints, we iterate through the keys of C<%had_breakpoints>,
4538which lists all currently-loaded files which have breakpoints. We then look
4539at each line in each of these files, temporarily switching the C<%dbline>
4540and C<@dbline> structures to point to the files in question, and do what
4541we did in the single line case: delete the condition in C<@dbline>, and
4542delete the key in C<%dbline> if nothing's left.
4543
4544We then wholesale delete C<%postponed>, C<%postponed_file>, and
4545C<%break_on_load>, because these structures contain breakpoints for files
4546and code that haven't been loaded yet. We can just kill these off because there
4547are no magical debugger structures associated with them.
4548
4549=cut
4550
4551sub delete_breakpoint {
4552 my $i = shift;
4553
4554 # If we got a line, delete just that one.
4555 if ( defined($i) ) {
4556
4557 # Woops. This line wasn't breakable at all.
4558 die "Line $i not breakable.\n" if $dbline[$i] == 0;
4559
4560 # Kill the condition, but leave any action.
4561 $dbline{$i} =~ s/^[^\0]*//;
4562
4563 # Remove the entry entirely if there's no action left.
4564 delete $dbline{$i} if $dbline{$i} eq '';
4565 }
4566
4567 # No line; delete them all.
4568 else {
4569 print $OUT "Deleting all breakpoints...\n";
4570
4571 # %had_breakpoints lists every file that had at least one
4572 # breakpoint in it.
4573 for my $file ( keys %had_breakpoints ) {
4574
4575 # Switch to the desired file temporarily.
4576 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
4577
4578 my $max = $#dbline;
4579 my $was;
4580
4581 # For all lines in this file ...
4582 for ( $i = 1 ; $i <= $max ; $i++ ) {
4583
4584 # If there's a breakpoint or action on this line ...
4585 if ( defined $dbline{$i} ) {
4586
4587 # ... remove the breakpoint.
4588 $dbline{$i} =~ s/^[^\0]+//;
4589 if ( $dbline{$i} =~ s/^\0?$// ) {
4590
4591 # Remove the entry altogether if no action is there.
4592 delete $dbline{$i};
4593 }
4594 } ## end if (defined $dbline{$i...
4595 } ## end for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max...
4596
4597 # If, after we turn off the "there were breakpoints in this file"
4598 # bit, the entry in %had_breakpoints for this file is zero,
4599 # we should remove this file from the hash.
4600 if ( not $had_breakpoints{$file} &= ~1 ) {
4601 delete $had_breakpoints{$file};
4602 }
4603 } ## end for my $file (keys %had_breakpoints)
4604
4605 # Kill off all the other breakpoints that are waiting for files that
4606 # haven't been loaded yet.
4607 undef %postponed;
4608 undef %postponed_file;
4609 undef %break_on_load;
4610 } ## end else [ if (defined($i))
4611} ## end sub delete_breakpoint
4612
4613=head3 cmd_stop (command)
4614
4615This is meant to be part of the new command API, but it isn't called or used
4616anywhere else in the debugger. XXX It is probably meant for use in development
4617of new commands.
4618
4619=cut
4620
4621sub cmd_stop { # As on ^C, but not signal-safy.
4622 $signal = 1;
4623}
4624
4625=head3 C<cmd_e> - threads
4626
4627Display the current thread id:
4628
4629 e
4630
4631This could be how (when implemented) to send commands to this thread id (e cmd)
4632or that thread id (e tid cmd).
4633
4634=cut
4635
4636sub cmd_e {
4637 my $cmd = shift;
4638 my $line = shift;
4639 unless (exists($INC{'threads.pm'})) {
4640 print "threads not loaded($ENV{PERL5DB_THREADED})
4641 please run the debugger with PERL5DB_THREADED=1 set in the environment\n";
4642 } else {
4643 my $tid = threads->tid;
4644 print "thread id: $tid\n";
4645 }
4646} ## end sub cmd_e
4647
4648=head3 C<cmd_E> - list of thread ids
4649
4650Display the list of available thread ids:
4651
4652 E
4653
4654This could be used (when implemented) to send commands to all threads (E cmd).
4655
4656=cut
4657
4658sub cmd_E {
4659 my $cmd = shift;
4660 my $line = shift;
4661 unless (exists($INC{'threads.pm'})) {
4662 print "threads not loaded($ENV{PERL5DB_THREADED})
4663 please run the debugger with PERL5DB_THREADED=1 set in the environment\n";
4664 } else {
4665 my $tid = threads->tid;
4666 print "thread ids: ".join(', ',
4667 map { ($tid == $_->tid ? '<'.$_->tid.'>' : $_->tid) } threads->list
4668 )."\n";
4669 }
4670} ## end sub cmd_E
4671
4672=head3 C<cmd_h> - help command (command)
4673
4674Does the work of either
4675
4676=over 4
4677
4678=item *
4679
4680Showing all the debugger help
4681
4682=item *
4683
4684Showing help for a specific command
4685
4686=back
4687
4688=cut
4689
4690sub cmd_h {
4691 my $cmd = shift;
4692
4693 # If we have no operand, assume null.
4694 my $line = shift || '';
4695
4696 # 'h h'. Print the long-format help.
4697 if ( $line =~ /^h\s*/ ) {
4698 print_help($help);
4699 }
4700
4701 # 'h <something>'. Search for the command and print only its help.
4702 elsif ( $line =~ /^(\S.*)$/ ) {
4703
4704 # support long commands; otherwise bogus errors
4705 # happen when you ask for h on <CR> for example
4706 my $asked = $1; # the command requested
4707 # (for proper error message)
4708
4709 my $qasked = quotemeta($asked); # for searching; we don't
4710 # want to use it as a pattern.
4711 # XXX: finds CR but not <CR>
4712
4713 # Search the help string for the command.
4714 if (
4715 $help =~ /^ # Start of a line
4716 <? # Optional '<'
4717 (?:[IB]<) # Optional markup
4718 $qasked # The requested command
4719 /mx
4720 )
4721 {
4722
4723 # It's there; pull it out and print it.
4724 while (
4725 $help =~ /^
4726 (<? # Optional '<'
4727 (?:[IB]<) # Optional markup
4728 $qasked # The command
4729 ([\s\S]*?) # Description line(s)
4730 \n) # End of last description line
4731 (?!\s) # Next line not starting with
4732 # whitespace
4733 /mgx
4734 )
4735 {
4736 print_help($1);
4737 }
4738 }
4739
4740 # Not found; not a debugger command.
4741 else {
4742 print_help("B<$asked> is not a debugger command.\n");
4743 }
4744 } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^(\S.*)$/)
4745
4746 # 'h' - print the summary help.
4747 else {
4748 print_help($summary);
4749 }
4750} ## end sub cmd_h
4751
4752=head3 C<cmd_i> - inheritance display
4753
4754Display the (nested) parentage of the module or object given.
4755
4756=cut
4757
4758sub cmd_i {
4759 my $cmd = shift;
4760 my $line = shift;
4761 eval { require Class::ISA };
4762 if ($@) {
4763 &warn( $@ =~ /locate/
4764 ? "Class::ISA module not found - please install\n"
4765 : $@ );
4766 }
4767 else {
4768 ISA:
4769 foreach my $isa ( split( /\s+/, $line ) ) {
4770 $evalarg = $isa;
4771 ($isa) = &eval;
4772 no strict 'refs';
4773 print join(
4774 ', ',
4775 map { # snaffled unceremoniously from Class::ISA
4776 "$_"
4777 . (
4778 defined( ${"$_\::VERSION"} )
4779 ? ' ' . ${"$_\::VERSION"}
4780 : undef )
4781 } Class::ISA::self_and_super_path(ref($isa) || $isa)
4782 );
4783 print "\n";
4784 }
4785 }
4786} ## end sub cmd_i
4787
4788=head3 C<cmd_l> - list lines (command)
4789
4790Most of the command is taken up with transforming all the different line
4791specification syntaxes into 'start-stop'. After that is done, the command
4792runs a loop over C<@dbline> for the specified range of lines. It handles
4793the printing of each line and any markers (C<==E<gt>> for current line,
4794C<b> for break on this line, C<a> for action on this line, C<:> for this
4795line breakable).
4796
4797We save the last line listed in the C<$start> global for further listing
4798later.
4799
4800=cut
4801
4802sub cmd_l {
4803 my $current_line = $line;
4804 my $cmd = shift;
4805 my $line = shift;
4806
4807 # If this is '-something', delete any spaces after the dash.
4808 $line =~ s/^-\s*$/-/;
4809
4810 # If the line is '$something', assume this is a scalar containing a
4811 # line number.
4812 if ( $line =~ /^(\$.*)/s ) {
4813
4814 # Set up for DB::eval() - evaluate in *user* context.
4815 $evalarg = $1;
4816 # $evalarg = $2;
4817 my ($s) = &eval;
4818
4819 # Ooops. Bad scalar.
4820 print( $OUT "Error: $@\n" ), next CMD if $@;
4821
4822 # Good scalar. If it's a reference, find what it points to.
4823 $s = CvGV_name($s);
4824 print( $OUT "Interpreted as: $1 $s\n" );
4825 $line = "$1 $s";
4826
4827 # Call self recursively to really do the command.
4828 &cmd_l( 'l', $s );
4829 } ## end if ($line =~ /^(\$.*)/s)
4830
4831 # l name. Try to find a sub by that name.
4832 elsif ( $line =~ /^([\':A-Za-z_][\':\w]*(\[.*\])?)/s ) {
4833 my $s = $subname = $1;
4834
4835 # De-Perl4.
4836 $subname =~ s/\'/::/;
4837
4838 # Put it in this package unless it starts with ::.
4839 $subname = $package . "::" . $subname unless $subname =~ /::/;
4840
4841 # Put it in CORE::GLOBAL if t doesn't start with :: and
4842 # it doesn't live in this package and it lives in CORE::GLOBAL.
4843 $subname = "CORE::GLOBAL::$s"
4844 if not defined &$subname
4845 and $s !~ /::/
4846 and defined &{"CORE::GLOBAL::$s"};
4847
4848 # Put leading '::' names into 'main::'.
4849 $subname = "main" . $subname if substr( $subname, 0, 2 ) eq "::";
4850
4851 # Get name:start-stop from find_sub, and break this up at
4852 # colons.
4853 @pieces = split( /:/, find_sub($subname) || $sub{$subname} );
4854
4855 # Pull off start-stop.
4856 $subrange = pop @pieces;
4857
4858 # If the name contained colons, the split broke it up.
4859 # Put it back together.
4860 $file = join( ':', @pieces );
4861
4862 # If we're not in that file, switch over to it.
4863 if ( $file ne $filename ) {
4864 print $OUT "Switching to file '$file'.\n"
4865 unless $slave_editor;
4866
4867 # Switch debugger's magic structures.
4868 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
4869 $max = $#dbline;
4870 $filename = $file;
4871 } ## end if ($file ne $filename)
4872
4873 # Subrange is 'start-stop'. If this is less than a window full,
4874 # swap it to 'start+', which will list a window from the start point.
4875 if ($subrange) {
4876 if ( eval($subrange) < -$window ) {
4877 $subrange =~ s/-.*/+/;
4878 }
4879
4880 # Call self recursively to list the range.
4881 $line = $subrange;
4882 &cmd_l( 'l', $subrange );
4883 } ## end if ($subrange)
4884
4885 # Couldn't find it.
4886 else {
4887 print $OUT "Subroutine $subname not found.\n";
4888 }
4889 } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^([\':A-Za-z_][\':\w]*(\[.*\])?)/s)
4890
4891 # Bare 'l' command.
4892 elsif ( $line =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
4893
4894 # Compute new range to list.
4895 $incr = $window - 1;
4896 $line = $start . '-' . ( $start + $incr );
4897
4898 # Recurse to do it.
4899 &cmd_l( 'l', $line );
4900 }
4901
4902 # l [start]+number_of_lines
4903 elsif ( $line =~ /^(\d*)\+(\d*)$/ ) {
4904
4905 # Don't reset start for 'l +nnn'.
4906 $start = $1 if $1;
4907
4908 # Increment for list. Use window size if not specified.
4909 # (Allows 'l +' to work.)
4910 $incr = $2;
4911 $incr = $window - 1 unless $incr;
4912
4913 # Create a line range we'll understand, and recurse to do it.
4914 $line = $start . '-' . ( $start + $incr );
4915 &cmd_l( 'l', $line );
4916 } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^(\d*)\+(\d*)$/)
4917
4918 # l start-stop or l start,stop
4919 elsif ( $line =~ /^((-?[\d\$\.]+)([-,]([\d\$\.]+))?)?/ ) {
4920
4921 # Determine end point; use end of file if not specified.
4922 $end = ( !defined $2 ) ? $max : ( $4 ? $4 : $2 );
4923
4924 # Go on to the end, and then stop.
4925 $end = $max if $end > $max;
4926
4927 # Determine start line.
4928 $i = $2;
4929 $i = $line if $i eq '.';
4930 $i = 1 if $i < 1;
4931 $incr = $end - $i;
4932
4933 # If we're running under a slave editor, force it to show the lines.
4934 if ($slave_editor) {
4935 print $OUT "\032\032$filename:$i:0\n";
4936 $i = $end;
4937 }
4938
4939 # We're doing it ourselves. We want to show the line and special
4940 # markers for:
4941 # - the current line in execution
4942 # - whether a line is breakable or not
4943 # - whether a line has a break or not
4944 # - whether a line has an action or not
4945 else {
4946 for ( ; $i <= $end ; $i++ ) {
4947
4948 # Check for breakpoints and actions.
4949 my ( $stop, $action );
4950 ( $stop, $action ) = split( /\0/, $dbline{$i} )
4951 if $dbline{$i};
4952
4953 # ==> if this is the current line in execution,
4954 # : if it's breakable.
4955 $arrow =
4956 ( $i == $current_line and $filename eq $filename_ini )
4957 ? '==>'
4958 : ( $dbline[$i] + 0 ? ':' : ' ' );
4959
4960 # Add break and action indicators.
4961 $arrow .= 'b' if $stop;
4962 $arrow .= 'a' if $action;
4963
4964 # Print the line.
4965 print $OUT "$i$arrow\t", $dbline[$i];
4966
4967 # Move on to the next line. Drop out on an interrupt.
4968 $i++, last if $signal;
4969 } ## end for (; $i <= $end ; $i++)
4970
4971 # Line the prompt up; print a newline if the last line listed
4972 # didn't have a newline.
4973 print $OUT "\n" unless $dbline[ $i - 1 ] =~ /\n$/;
4974 } ## end else [ if ($slave_editor)
4975
4976 # Save the point we last listed to in case another relative 'l'
4977 # command is desired. Don't let it run off the end.
4978 $start = $i;
4979 $start = $max if $start > $max;
4980 } ## end elsif ($line =~ /^((-?[\d\$\.]+)([-,]([\d\$\.]+))?)?/)
4981} ## end sub cmd_l
4982
4983=head3 C<cmd_L> - list breakpoints, actions, and watch expressions (command)
4984
4985To list breakpoints, the command has to look determine where all of them are
4986first. It starts a C<%had_breakpoints>, which tells us what all files have
4987breakpoints and/or actions. For each file, we switch the C<*dbline> glob (the
4988magic source and breakpoint data structures) to the file, and then look
4989through C<%dbline> for lines with breakpoints and/or actions, listing them
4990out. We look through C<%postponed> not-yet-compiled subroutines that have
4991breakpoints, and through C<%postponed_file> for not-yet-C<require>'d files
4992that have breakpoints.
4993
4994Watchpoints are simpler: we just list the entries in C<@to_watch>.
4995
4996=cut
4997
4998sub cmd_L {
4999 my $cmd = shift;
5000
5001 # If no argument, list everything. Pre-5.8.0 version always lists
5002 # everything
5003 my $arg = shift || 'abw';
5004 $arg = 'abw' unless $CommandSet eq '580'; # sigh...
5005
5006 # See what is wanted.
5007 my $action_wanted = ( $arg =~ /a/ ) ? 1 : 0;
5008 my $break_wanted = ( $arg =~ /b/ ) ? 1 : 0;
5009 my $watch_wanted = ( $arg =~ /w/ ) ? 1 : 0;
5010
5011 # Breaks and actions are found together, so we look in the same place
5012 # for both.
5013 if ( $break_wanted or $action_wanted ) {
5014
5015 # Look in all the files with breakpoints...
5016 for my $file ( keys %had_breakpoints ) {
5017
5018 # Temporary switch to this file.
5019 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
5020
5021 # Set up to look through the whole file.
5022 my $max = $#dbline;
5023 my $was; # Flag: did we print something
5024 # in this file?
5025
5026 # For each line in the file ...
5027 for ( $i = 1 ; $i <= $max ; $i++ ) {
5028
5029 # We've got something on this line.
5030 if ( defined $dbline{$i} ) {
5031
5032 # Print the header if we haven't.
5033 print $OUT "$file:\n" unless $was++;
5034
5035 # Print the line.
5036 print $OUT " $i:\t", $dbline[$i];
5037
5038 # Pull out the condition and the action.
5039 ( $stop, $action ) = split( /\0/, $dbline{$i} );
5040
5041 # Print the break if there is one and it's wanted.
5042 print $OUT " break if (", $stop, ")\n"
5043 if $stop
5044 and $break_wanted;
5045
5046 # Print the action if there is one and it's wanted.
5047 print $OUT " action: ", $action, "\n"
5048 if $action
5049 and $action_wanted;
5050
5051 # Quit if the user hit interrupt.
5052 last if $signal;
5053 } ## end if (defined $dbline{$i...
5054 } ## end for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max...
5055 } ## end for my $file (keys %had_breakpoints)
5056 } ## end if ($break_wanted or $action_wanted)
5057
5058 # Look for breaks in not-yet-compiled subs:
5059 if ( %postponed and $break_wanted ) {
5060 print $OUT "Postponed breakpoints in subroutines:\n";
5061 my $subname;
5062 for $subname ( keys %postponed ) {
5063 print $OUT " $subname\t$postponed{$subname}\n";
5064 last if $signal;
5065 }
5066 } ## end if (%postponed and $break_wanted)
5067
5068 # Find files that have not-yet-loaded breaks:
5069 my @have = map { # Combined keys
5070 keys %{ $postponed_file{$_} }
5071 } keys %postponed_file;
5072
5073 # If there are any, list them.
5074 if ( @have and ( $break_wanted or $action_wanted ) ) {
5075 print $OUT "Postponed breakpoints in files:\n";
5076 my ( $file, $line );
5077
5078 for $file ( keys %postponed_file ) {
5079 my $db = $postponed_file{$file};
5080 print $OUT " $file:\n";
5081 for $line ( sort { $a <=> $b } keys %$db ) {
5082 print $OUT " $line:\n";
5083 my ( $stop, $action ) = split( /\0/, $$db{$line} );
5084 print $OUT " break if (", $stop, ")\n"
5085 if $stop
5086 and $break_wanted;
5087 print $OUT " action: ", $action, "\n"
5088 if $action
5089 and $action_wanted;
5090 last if $signal;
5091 } ## end for $line (sort { $a <=>...
5092 last if $signal;
5093 } ## end for $file (keys %postponed_file)
5094 } ## end if (@have and ($break_wanted...
5095 if ( %break_on_load and $break_wanted ) {
5096 print $OUT "Breakpoints on load:\n";
5097 my $file;
5098 for $file ( keys %break_on_load ) {
5099 print $OUT " $file\n";
5100 last if $signal;
5101 }
5102 } ## end if (%break_on_load and...
5103 if ($watch_wanted) {
5104 if ( $trace & 2 ) {
5105 print $OUT "Watch-expressions:\n" if @to_watch;
5106 for my $expr (@to_watch) {
5107 print $OUT " $expr\n";
5108 last if $signal;
5109 }
5110 } ## end if ($trace & 2)
5111 } ## end if ($watch_wanted)
5112} ## end sub cmd_L
5113
5114=head3 C<cmd_M> - list modules (command)
5115
5116Just call C<list_modules>.
5117
5118=cut
5119
5120sub cmd_M {
5121 &list_modules();
5122}
5123
5124=head3 C<cmd_o> - options (command)
5125
5126If this is just C<o> by itself, we list the current settings via
5127C<dump_option>. If there's a nonblank value following it, we pass that on to
5128C<parse_options> for processing.
5129
5130=cut
5131
5132sub cmd_o {
5133 my $cmd = shift;
5134 my $opt = shift || ''; # opt[=val]
5135
5136 # Nonblank. Try to parse and process.
5137 if ( $opt =~ /^(\S.*)/ ) {
5138 &parse_options($1);
5139 }
5140
5141 # Blank. List the current option settings.
5142 else {
5143 for (@options) {
5144 &dump_option($_);
5145 }
5146 }
5147} ## end sub cmd_o
5148
5149=head3 C<cmd_O> - nonexistent in 5.8.x (command)
5150
5151Advises the user that the O command has been renamed.
5152
5153=cut
5154
5155sub cmd_O {
5156 print $OUT "The old O command is now the o command.\n"; # hint
5157 print $OUT "Use 'h' to get current command help synopsis or\n"; #
5158 print $OUT "use 'o CommandSet=pre580' to revert to old usage\n"; #
5159}
5160
5161=head3 C<cmd_v> - view window (command)
5162
5163Uses the C<$preview> variable set in the second C<BEGIN> block (q.v.) to
5164move back a few lines to list the selected line in context. Uses C<cmd_l>
5165to do the actual listing after figuring out the range of line to request.
5166
5167=cut
5168
5169sub cmd_v {
5170 my $cmd = shift;
5171 my $line = shift;
5172
5173 # Extract the line to list around. (Astute readers will have noted that
5174 # this pattern will match whether or not a numeric line is specified,
5175 # which means that we'll always enter this loop (though a non-numeric
5176 # argument results in no action at all)).
5177 if ( $line =~ /^(\d*)$/ ) {
5178
5179 # Total number of lines to list (a windowful).
5180 $incr = $window - 1;
5181
5182 # Set the start to the argument given (if there was one).
5183 $start = $1 if $1;
5184
5185 # Back up by the context amount.
5186 $start -= $preview;
5187
5188 # Put together a linespec that cmd_l will like.
5189 $line = $start . '-' . ( $start + $incr );
5190
5191 # List the lines.
5192 &cmd_l( 'l', $line );
5193 } ## end if ($line =~ /^(\d*)$/)
5194} ## end sub cmd_v
5195
5196=head3 C<cmd_w> - add a watch expression (command)
5197
5198The 5.8 version of this command adds a watch expression if one is specified;
5199it does nothing if entered with no operands.
5200
5201We extract the expression, save it, evaluate it in the user's context, and
5202save the value. We'll re-evaluate it each time the debugger passes a line,
5203and will stop (see the code at the top of the command loop) if the value
5204of any of the expressions changes.
5205
5206=cut
5207
5208sub cmd_w {
5209 my $cmd = shift;
5210
5211 # Null expression if no arguments.
5212 my $expr = shift || '';
5213
5214 # If expression is not null ...
5215 if ( $expr =~ /^(\S.*)/ ) {
5216
5217 # ... save it.
5218 push @to_watch, $expr;
5219
5220 # Parameterize DB::eval and call it to get the expression's value
5221 # in the user's context. This version can handle expressions which
5222 # return a list value.
5223 $evalarg = $expr;
5224 my ($val) = join( ' ', &eval );
5225 $val = ( defined $val ) ? "'$val'" : 'undef';
5226
5227 # Save the current value of the expression.
5228 push @old_watch, $val;
5229
5230 # We are now watching expressions.
5231 $trace |= 2;
5232 } ## end if ($expr =~ /^(\S.*)/)
5233
5234 # You have to give one to get one.
5235 else {
5236 print $OUT "Adding a watch-expression requires an expression\n"; # hint
5237 }
5238} ## end sub cmd_w
5239
5240=head3 C<cmd_W> - delete watch expressions (command)
5241
5242This command accepts either a watch expression to be removed from the list
5243of watch expressions, or C<*> to delete them all.
5244
5245If C<*> is specified, we simply empty the watch expression list and the
5246watch expression value list. We also turn off the bit that says we've got
5247watch expressions.
5248
5249If an expression (or partial expression) is specified, we pattern-match
5250through the expressions and remove the ones that match. We also discard
5251the corresponding values. If no watch expressions are left, we turn off
5252the I<watching expressions> bit.
5253
5254=cut
5255
5256sub cmd_W {
5257 my $cmd = shift;
5258 my $expr = shift || '';
5259
5260 # Delete them all.
5261 if ( $expr eq '*' ) {
5262
5263 # Not watching now.
5264 $trace &= ~2;
5265
5266 print $OUT "Deleting all watch expressions ...\n";
5267
5268 # And all gone.
5269 @to_watch = @old_watch = ();
5270 }
5271
5272 # Delete one of them.
5273 elsif ( $expr =~ /^(\S.*)/ ) {
5274
5275 # Where we are in the list.
5276 my $i_cnt = 0;
5277
5278 # For each expression ...
5279 foreach (@to_watch) {
5280 my $val = $to_watch[$i_cnt];
5281
5282 # Does this one match the command argument?
5283 if ( $val eq $expr ) { # =~ m/^\Q$i$/) {
5284 # Yes. Turn it off, and its value too.
5285 splice( @to_watch, $i_cnt, 1 );
5286 splice( @old_watch, $i_cnt, 1 );
5287 }
5288 $i_cnt++;
5289 } ## end foreach (@to_watch)
5290
5291 # We don't bother to turn watching off because
5292 # a) we don't want to stop calling watchfunction() it it exists
5293 # b) foreach over a null list doesn't do anything anyway
5294
5295 } ## end elsif ($expr =~ /^(\S.*)/)
5296
5297 # No command arguments entered.
5298 else {
5299 print $OUT
5300 "Deleting a watch-expression requires an expression, or '*' for all\n"
5301 ; # hint
5302 }
5303} ## end sub cmd_W
5304
5305### END of the API section
5306
5307=head1 SUPPORT ROUTINES
5308
5309These are general support routines that are used in a number of places
5310throughout the debugger.
5311
5312=head2 save
5313
5314save() saves the user's versions of globals that would mess us up in C<@saved>,
5315and installs the versions we like better.
5316
5317=cut
5318
5319sub save {
5320
5321 # Save eval failure, command failure, extended OS error, output field
5322 # separator, input record separator, output record separator and
5323 # the warning setting.
5324 @saved = ( $@, $!, $^E, $,, $/, $\, $^W );
5325
5326 $, = ""; # output field separator is null string
5327 $/ = "\n"; # input record separator is newline
5328 $\ = ""; # output record separator is null string
5329 $^W = 0; # warnings are off
5330} ## end sub save
5331
5332=head2 C<print_lineinfo> - show where we are now
5333
5334print_lineinfo prints whatever it is that it is handed; it prints it to the
5335C<$LINEINFO> filehandle instead of just printing it to STDOUT. This allows
5336us to feed line information to a slave editor without messing up the
5337debugger output.
5338
5339=cut
5340
5341sub print_lineinfo {
5342
5343 # Make the terminal sensible if we're not the primary debugger.
5344 resetterm(1) if $LINEINFO eq $OUT and $term_pid != $$;
5345 local $\ = '';
5346 local $, = '';
5347 print $LINEINFO @_;
5348} ## end sub print_lineinfo
5349
5350=head2 C<postponed_sub>
5351
5352Handles setting postponed breakpoints in subroutines once they're compiled.
5353For breakpoints, we use C<DB::find_sub> to locate the source file and line
5354range for the subroutine, then mark the file as having a breakpoint,
5355temporarily switch the C<*dbline> glob over to the source file, and then
5356search the given range of lines to find a breakable line. If we find one,
5357we set the breakpoint on it, deleting the breakpoint from C<%postponed>.
5358
5359=cut
5360
5361# The following takes its argument via $evalarg to preserve current @_
5362
5363sub postponed_sub {
5364
5365 # Get the subroutine name.
5366 my $subname = shift;
5367
5368 # If this is a 'break +<n> if <condition>' ...
5369 if ( $postponed{$subname} =~ s/^break\s([+-]?\d+)\s+if\s// ) {
5370
5371 # If there's no offset, use '+0'.
5372 my $offset = $1 || 0;
5373
5374 # find_sub's value is 'fullpath-filename:start-stop'. It's
5375 # possible that the filename might have colons in it too.
5376 my ( $file, $i ) = ( find_sub($subname) =~ /^(.*):(\d+)-.*$/ );
5377 if ($i) {
5378
5379 # We got the start line. Add the offset '+<n>' from
5380 # $postponed{subname}.
5381 $i += $offset;
5382
5383 # Switch to the file this sub is in, temporarily.
5384 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
5385
5386 # No warnings, please.
5387 local $^W = 0; # != 0 is magical below
5388
5389 # This file's got a breakpoint in it.
5390 $had_breakpoints{$file} |= 1;
5391
5392 # Last line in file.
5393 my $max = $#dbline;
5394
5395 # Search forward until we hit a breakable line or get to
5396 # the end of the file.
5397 ++$i until $dbline[$i] != 0 or $i >= $max;
5398
5399 # Copy the breakpoint in and delete it from %postponed.
5400 $dbline{$i} = delete $postponed{$subname};
5401 } ## end if ($i)
5402
5403 # find_sub didn't find the sub.
5404 else {
5405 local $\ = '';
5406 print $OUT "Subroutine $subname not found.\n";
5407 }
5408 return;
5409 } ## end if ($postponed{$subname...
5410 elsif ( $postponed{$subname} eq 'compile' ) { $signal = 1 }
5411
5412 #print $OUT "In postponed_sub for `$subname'.\n";
5413} ## end sub postponed_sub
5414
5415=head2 C<postponed>
5416
5417Called after each required file is compiled, but before it is executed;
5418also called if the name of a just-compiled subroutine is a key of
5419C<%postponed>. Propagates saved breakpoints (from C<b compile>, C<b load>,
5420etc.) into the just-compiled code.
5421
5422If this is a C<require>'d file, the incoming parameter is the glob
5423C<*{"_<$filename"}>, with C<$filename> the name of the C<require>'d file.
5424
5425If it's a subroutine, the incoming parameter is the subroutine name.
5426
5427=cut
5428
5429sub postponed {
5430
5431 # If there's a break, process it.
5432 if ($ImmediateStop) {
5433
5434 # Right, we've stopped. Turn it off.
5435 $ImmediateStop = 0;
5436
5437 # Enter the command loop when DB::DB gets called.
5438 $signal = 1;
5439 }
5440
5441 # If this is a subroutine, let postponed_sub() deal with it.
5442 return &postponed_sub unless ref \$_[0] eq 'GLOB';
5443
5444 # Not a subroutine. Deal with the file.
5445 local *dbline = shift;
5446 my $filename = $dbline;
5447 $filename =~ s/^_<//;
5448 local $\ = '';
5449 $signal = 1, print $OUT "'$filename' loaded...\n"
5450 if $break_on_load{$filename};
5451 print_lineinfo( ' ' x $stack_depth, "Package $filename.\n" ) if $frame;
5452
5453 # Do we have any breakpoints to put in this file?
5454 return unless $postponed_file{$filename};
5455
5456 # Yes. Mark this file as having breakpoints.
5457 $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 1;
5458
5459 # "Cannot be done: unsufficient magic" - we can't just put the
5460 # breakpoints saved in %postponed_file into %dbline by assigning
5461 # the whole hash; we have to do it one item at a time for the
5462 # breakpoints to be set properly.
5463 #%dbline = %{$postponed_file{$filename}};
5464
5465 # Set the breakpoints, one at a time.
5466 my $key;
5467
5468 for $key ( keys %{ $postponed_file{$filename} } ) {
5469
5470 # Stash the saved breakpoint into the current file's magic line array.
5471 $dbline{$key} = ${ $postponed_file{$filename} }{$key};
5472 }
5473
5474 # This file's been compiled; discard the stored breakpoints.
5475 delete $postponed_file{$filename};
5476
5477} ## end sub postponed
5478
5479=head2 C<dumpit>
5480
5481C<dumpit> is the debugger's wrapper around dumpvar.pl.
5482
5483It gets a filehandle (to which C<dumpvar.pl>'s output will be directed) and
5484a reference to a variable (the thing to be dumped) as its input.
5485
5486The incoming filehandle is selected for output (C<dumpvar.pl> is printing to
5487the currently-selected filehandle, thank you very much). The current
5488values of the package globals C<$single> and C<$trace> are backed up in
5489lexicals, and they are turned off (this keeps the debugger from trying
5490to single-step through C<dumpvar.pl> (I think.)). C<$frame> is localized to
5491preserve its current value and it is set to zero to prevent entry/exit
5492messages from printing, and C<$doret> is localized as well and set to -2 to
5493prevent return values from being shown.
5494
5495C<dumpit()> then checks to see if it needs to load C<dumpvar.pl> and
5496tries to load it (note: if you have a C<dumpvar.pl> ahead of the
5497installed version in C<@INC>, yours will be used instead. Possible security
5498problem?).
5499
5500It then checks to see if the subroutine C<main::dumpValue> is now defined
5501(it should have been defined by C<dumpvar.pl>). If it has, C<dumpit()>
5502localizes the globals necessary for things to be sane when C<main::dumpValue()>
5503is called, and picks up the variable to be dumped from the parameter list.
5504
5505It checks the package global C<%options> to see if there's a C<dumpDepth>
5506specified. If not, -1 is assumed; if so, the supplied value gets passed on to
5507C<dumpvar.pl>. This tells C<dumpvar.pl> where to leave off when dumping a
5508structure: -1 means dump everything.
5509
5510C<dumpValue()> is then called if possible; if not, C<dumpit()>just prints a
5511warning.
5512
5513In either case, C<$single>, C<$trace>, C<$frame>, and C<$doret> are restored
5514and we then return to the caller.
5515
5516=cut
5517
5518sub dumpit {
5519
5520 # Save the current output filehandle and switch to the one
5521 # passed in as the first parameter.
5522 local ($savout) = select(shift);
5523
5524 # Save current settings of $single and $trace, and then turn them off.
5525 my $osingle = $single;
5526 my $otrace = $trace;
5527 $single = $trace = 0;
5528
5529 # XXX Okay, what do $frame and $doret do, again?
5530 local $frame = 0;
5531 local $doret = -2;
5532
5533 # Load dumpvar.pl unless we've already got the sub we need from it.
5534 unless ( defined &main::dumpValue ) {
5535 do 'dumpvar.pl' or die $@;
5536 }
5537
5538 # If the load succeeded (or we already had dumpvalue()), go ahead
5539 # and dump things.
5540 if ( defined &main::dumpValue ) {
5541 local $\ = '';
5542 local $, = '';
5543 local $" = ' ';
5544 my $v = shift;
5545 my $maxdepth = shift || $option{dumpDepth};
5546 $maxdepth = -1 unless defined $maxdepth; # -1 means infinite depth
5547 &main::dumpValue( $v, $maxdepth );
5548 } ## end if (defined &main::dumpValue)
5549
5550 # Oops, couldn't load dumpvar.pl.
5551 else {
5552 local $\ = '';
5553 print $OUT "dumpvar.pl not available.\n";
5554 }
5555
5556 # Reset $single and $trace to their old values.
5557 $single = $osingle;
5558 $trace = $otrace;
5559
5560 # Restore the old filehandle.
5561 select($savout);
5562} ## end sub dumpit
5563
5564=head2 C<print_trace>
5565
5566C<print_trace>'s job is to print a stack trace. It does this via the
5567C<dump_trace> routine, which actually does all the ferreting-out of the
5568stack trace data. C<print_trace> takes care of formatting it nicely and
5569printing it to the proper filehandle.
5570
5571Parameters:
5572
5573=over 4
5574
5575=item *
5576
5577The filehandle to print to.
5578
5579=item *
5580
5581How many frames to skip before starting trace.
5582
5583=item *
5584
5585How many frames to print.
5586
5587=item *
5588
5589A flag: if true, print a I<short> trace without filenames, line numbers, or arguments
5590
5591=back
5592
5593The original comment below seems to be noting that the traceback may not be
5594correct if this routine is called in a tied method.
5595
5596=cut
5597
5598# Tied method do not create a context, so may get wrong message:
5599
5600sub print_trace {
5601 local $\ = '';
5602 my $fh = shift;
5603
5604 # If this is going to a slave editor, but we're not the primary
5605 # debugger, reset it first.
5606 resetterm(1)
5607 if $fh eq $LINEINFO # slave editor
5608 and $LINEINFO eq $OUT # normal output
5609 and $term_pid != $$; # not the primary
5610
5611 # Collect the actual trace information to be formatted.
5612 # This is an array of hashes of subroutine call info.
5613 my @sub = dump_trace( $_[0] + 1, $_[1] );
5614
5615 # Grab the "short report" flag from @_.
5616 my $short = $_[2]; # Print short report, next one for sub name
5617
5618 # Run through the traceback info, format it, and print it.
5619 my $s;
5620 for ( $i = 0 ; $i <= $#sub ; $i++ ) {
5621
5622 # Drop out if the user has lost interest and hit control-C.
5623 last if $signal;
5624
5625 # Set the separator so arrys print nice.
5626 local $" = ', ';
5627
5628 # Grab and stringify the arguments if they are there.
5629 my $args =
5630 defined $sub[$i]{args}
5631 ? "(@{ $sub[$i]{args} })"
5632 : '';
5633
5634 # Shorten them up if $maxtrace says they're too long.
5635 $args = ( substr $args, 0, $maxtrace - 3 ) . '...'
5636 if length $args > $maxtrace;
5637
5638 # Get the file name.
5639 my $file = $sub[$i]{file};
5640
5641 # Put in a filename header if short is off.
5642 $file = $file eq '-e' ? $file : "file `$file'" unless $short;
5643
5644 # Get the actual sub's name, and shorten to $maxtrace's requirement.
5645 $s = $sub[$i]{sub};
5646 $s = ( substr $s, 0, $maxtrace - 3 ) . '...' if length $s > $maxtrace;
5647
5648 # Short report uses trimmed file and sub names.
5649 if ($short) {
5650 my $sub = @_ >= 4 ? $_[3] : $s;
5651 print $fh "$sub[$i]{context}=$sub$args from $file:$sub[$i]{line}\n";
5652 } ## end if ($short)
5653
5654 # Non-short report includes full names.
5655 else {
5656 print $fh "$sub[$i]{context} = $s$args"
5657 . " called from $file"
5658 . " line $sub[$i]{line}\n";
5659 }
5660 } ## end for ($i = 0 ; $i <= $#sub...
5661} ## end sub print_trace
5662
5663=head2 dump_trace(skip[,count])
5664
5665Actually collect the traceback information available via C<caller()>. It does
5666some filtering and cleanup of the data, but mostly it just collects it to
5667make C<print_trace()>'s job easier.
5668
5669C<skip> defines the number of stack frames to be skipped, working backwards
5670from the most current. C<count> determines the total number of frames to
5671be returned; all of them (well, the first 10^9) are returned if C<count>
5672is omitted.
5673
5674This routine returns a list of hashes, from most-recent to least-recent
5675stack frame. Each has the following keys and values:
5676
5677=over 4
5678
5679=item * C<context> - C<.> (null), C<$> (scalar), or C<@> (array)
5680
5681=item * C<sub> - subroutine name, or C<eval> information
5682
5683=item * C<args> - undef, or a reference to an array of arguments
5684
5685=item * C<file> - the file in which this item was defined (if any)
5686
5687=item * C<line> - the line on which it was defined
5688
5689=back
5690
5691=cut
5692
5693sub dump_trace {
5694
5695 # How many levels to skip.
5696 my $skip = shift;
5697
5698 # How many levels to show. (1e9 is a cheap way of saying "all of them";
5699 # it's unlikely that we'll have more than a billion stack frames. If you
5700 # do, you've got an awfully big machine...)
5701 my $count = shift || 1e9;
5702
5703 # We increment skip because caller(1) is the first level *back* from
5704 # the current one. Add $skip to the count of frames so we have a
5705 # simple stop criterion, counting from $skip to $count+$skip.
5706 $skip++;
5707 $count += $skip;
5708
5709 # These variables are used to capture output from caller();
5710 my ( $p, $file, $line, $sub, $h, $context );
5711
5712 my ( $e, $r, @a, @sub, $args );
5713
5714 # XXX Okay... why'd we do that?
5715 my $nothard = not $frame & 8;
5716 local $frame = 0;
5717
5718 # Do not want to trace this.
5719 my $otrace = $trace;
5720 $trace = 0;
5721
5722 # Start out at the skip count.
5723 # If we haven't reached the number of frames requested, and caller() is
5724 # still returning something, stay in the loop. (If we pass the requested
5725 # number of stack frames, or we run out - caller() returns nothing - we
5726 # quit.
5727 # Up the stack frame index to go back one more level each time.
5728 for (
5729 $i = $skip ;
5730 $i < $count
5731 and ( $p, $file, $line, $sub, $h, $context, $e, $r ) = caller($i) ;
5732 $i++
5733 )
5734 {
5735
5736 # Go through the arguments and save them for later.
5737 @a = ();
5738 for $arg (@args) {
5739 my $type;
5740 if ( not defined $arg ) { # undefined parameter
5741 push @a, "undef";
5742 }
5743
5744 elsif ( $nothard and tied $arg ) { # tied parameter
5745 push @a, "tied";
5746 }
5747 elsif ( $nothard and $type = ref $arg ) { # reference
5748 push @a, "ref($type)";
5749 }
5750 else { # can be stringified
5751 local $_ =
5752 "$arg"; # Safe to stringify now - should not call f().
5753
5754 # Backslash any single-quotes or backslashes.
5755 s/([\'\\])/\\$1/g;
5756
5757 # Single-quote it unless it's a number or a colon-separated
5758 # name.
5759 s/(.*)/'$1'/s
5760 unless /^(?: -?[\d.]+ | \*[\w:]* )$/x;
5761
5762 # Turn high-bit characters into meta-whatever.
5763 s/([\200-\377])/sprintf("M-%c",ord($1)&0177)/eg;
5764
5765 # Turn control characters into ^-whatever.
5766 s/([\0-\37\177])/sprintf("^%c",ord($1)^64)/eg;
5767
5768 push( @a, $_ );
5769 } ## end else [ if (not defined $arg)
5770 } ## end for $arg (@args)
5771
5772 # If context is true, this is array (@)context.
5773 # If context is false, this is scalar ($) context.
5774 # If neither, context isn't defined. (This is apparently a 'can't
5775 # happen' trap.)
5776 $context = $context ? '@' : ( defined $context ? "\$" : '.' );
5777
5778 # if the sub has args ($h true), make an anonymous array of the
5779 # dumped args.
5780 $args = $h ? [@a] : undef;
5781
5782 # remove trailing newline-whitespace-semicolon-end of line sequence
5783 # from the eval text, if any.
5784 $e =~ s/\n\s*\;\s*\Z// if $e;
5785
5786 # Escape backslashed single-quotes again if necessary.
5787 $e =~ s/([\\\'])/\\$1/g if $e;
5788
5789 # if the require flag is true, the eval text is from a require.
5790 if ($r) {
5791 $sub = "require '$e'";
5792 }
5793
5794 # if it's false, the eval text is really from an eval.
5795 elsif ( defined $r ) {
5796 $sub = "eval '$e'";
5797 }
5798
5799 # If the sub is '(eval)', this is a block eval, meaning we don't
5800 # know what the eval'ed text actually was.
5801 elsif ( $sub eq '(eval)' ) {
5802 $sub = "eval {...}";
5803 }
5804
5805 # Stick the collected information into @sub as an anonymous hash.
5806 push(
5807 @sub,
5808 {
5809 context => $context,
5810 sub => $sub,
5811 args => $args,
5812 file => $file,
5813 line => $line
5814 }
5815 );
5816
5817 # Stop processing frames if the user hit control-C.
5818 last if $signal;
5819 } ## end for ($i = $skip ; $i < ...
5820
5821 # Restore the trace value again.
5822 $trace = $otrace;
5823 @sub;
5824} ## end sub dump_trace
5825
5826=head2 C<action()>
5827
5828C<action()> takes input provided as the argument to an add-action command,
5829either pre- or post-, and makes sure it's a complete command. It doesn't do
5830any fancy parsing; it just keeps reading input until it gets a string
5831without a trailing backslash.
5832
5833=cut
5834
5835sub action {
5836 my $action = shift;
5837
5838 while ( $action =~ s/\\$// ) {
5839
5840 # We have a backslash on the end. Read more.
5841 $action .= &gets;
5842 } ## end while ($action =~ s/\\$//)
5843
5844 # Return the assembled action.
5845 $action;
5846} ## end sub action
5847
5848=head2 unbalanced
5849
5850This routine mostly just packages up a regular expression to be used
5851to check that the thing it's being matched against has properly-matched
5852curly braces.
5853
5854Of note is the definition of the C<$balanced_brace_re> global via C<||=>, which
5855speeds things up by only creating the qr//'ed expression once; if it's
5856already defined, we don't try to define it again. A speed hack.
5857
5858=cut
5859
5860sub unbalanced {
5861
5862 # I hate using globals!
5863 $balanced_brace_re ||= qr{
5864 ^ \{
5865 (?:
5866 (?> [^{}] + ) # Non-parens without backtracking
5867 |
5868 (??{ $balanced_brace_re }) # Group with matching parens
5869 ) *
5870 \} $
5871 }x;
5872 return $_[0] !~ m/$balanced_brace_re/;
5873} ## end sub unbalanced
5874
5875=head2 C<gets()>
5876
5877C<gets()> is a primitive (very primitive) routine to read continuations.
5878It was devised for reading continuations for actions.
5879it just reads more input with C<readline()> and returns it.
5880
5881=cut
5882
5883sub gets {
5884 &readline("cont: ");
5885}
5886
5887=head2 C<DB::system()> - handle calls to<system()> without messing up the debugger
5888
5889The C<system()> function assumes that it can just go ahead and use STDIN and
5890STDOUT, but under the debugger, we want it to use the debugger's input and
5891outout filehandles.
5892
5893C<DB::system()> socks away the program's STDIN and STDOUT, and then substitutes
5894the debugger's IN and OUT filehandles for them. It does the C<system()> call,
5895and then puts everything back again.
5896
5897=cut
5898
5899sub system {
5900
5901 # We save, change, then restore STDIN and STDOUT to avoid fork() since
5902 # some non-Unix systems can do system() but have problems with fork().
5903 open( SAVEIN, "<&STDIN" ) || &warn("Can't save STDIN");
5904 open( SAVEOUT, ">&STDOUT" ) || &warn("Can't save STDOUT");
5905 open( STDIN, "<&IN" ) || &warn("Can't redirect STDIN");
5906 open( STDOUT, ">&OUT" ) || &warn("Can't redirect STDOUT");
5907
5908 # XXX: using csh or tcsh destroys sigint retvals!
5909 system(@_);
5910 open( STDIN, "<&SAVEIN" ) || &warn("Can't restore STDIN");
5911 open( STDOUT, ">&SAVEOUT" ) || &warn("Can't restore STDOUT");
5912 close(SAVEIN);
5913 close(SAVEOUT);
5914
5915 # most of the $? crud was coping with broken cshisms
5916 if ( $? >> 8 ) {
5917 &warn( "(Command exited ", ( $? >> 8 ), ")\n" );
5918 }
5919 elsif ($?) {
5920 &warn(
5921 "(Command died of SIG#",
5922 ( $? & 127 ),
5923 ( ( $? & 128 ) ? " -- core dumped" : "" ),
5924 ")", "\n"
5925 );
5926 } ## end elsif ($?)
5927
5928 return $?;
5929
5930} ## end sub system
5931
5932=head1 TTY MANAGEMENT
5933
5934The subs here do some of the terminal management for multiple debuggers.
5935
5936=head2 setterm
5937
5938Top-level function called when we want to set up a new terminal for use
5939by the debugger.
5940
5941If the C<noTTY> debugger option was set, we'll either use the terminal
5942supplied (the value of the C<noTTY> option), or we'll use C<Term::Rendezvous>
5943to find one. If we're a forked debugger, we call C<resetterm> to try to
5944get a whole new terminal if we can.
5945
5946In either case, we set up the terminal next. If the C<ReadLine> option was
5947true, we'll get a C<Term::ReadLine> object for the current terminal and save
5948the appropriate attributes. We then
5949
5950=cut
5951
5952sub setterm {
5953
5954 # Load Term::Readline, but quietly; don't debug it and don't trace it.
5955 local $frame = 0;
5956 local $doret = -2;
5957 eval { require Term::ReadLine } or die $@;
5958
5959 # If noTTY is set, but we have a TTY name, go ahead and hook up to it.
5960 if ($notty) {
5961 if ($tty) {
5962 my ( $i, $o ) = split $tty, /,/;
5963 $o = $i unless defined $o;
5964 open( IN, "<$i" ) or die "Cannot open TTY `$i' for read: $!";
5965 open( OUT, ">$o" ) or die "Cannot open TTY `$o' for write: $!";
5966 $IN = \*IN;
5967 $OUT = \*OUT;
5968 my $sel = select($OUT);
5969 $| = 1;
5970 select($sel);
5971 } ## end if ($tty)
5972
5973 # We don't have a TTY - try to find one via Term::Rendezvous.
5974 else {
5975 eval "require Term::Rendezvous;" or die;
5976
5977 # See if we have anything to pass to Term::Rendezvous.
5978 # Use $HOME/.perldbtty$$ if not.
5979 my $rv = $ENV{PERLDB_NOTTY} || "$ENV{HOME}/.perldbtty$$";
5980
5981 # Rendezvous and get the filehandles.
5982 my $term_rv = new Term::Rendezvous $rv;
5983 $IN = $term_rv->IN;
5984 $OUT = $term_rv->OUT;
5985 } ## end else [ if ($tty)
5986 } ## end if ($notty)
5987
5988 # We're a daughter debugger. Try to fork off another TTY.
5989 if ( $term_pid eq '-1' ) { # In a TTY with another debugger
5990 resetterm(2);
5991 }
5992
5993 # If we shouldn't use Term::ReadLine, don't.
5994 if ( !$rl ) {
5995 $term = new Term::ReadLine::Stub 'perldb', $IN, $OUT;
5996 }
5997
5998 # We're using Term::ReadLine. Get all the attributes for this terminal.
5999 else {
6000 $term = new Term::ReadLine 'perldb', $IN, $OUT;
6001
6002 $rl_attribs = $term->Attribs;
6003 $rl_attribs->{basic_word_break_characters} .= '-:+/*,[])}'
6004 if defined $rl_attribs->{basic_word_break_characters}
6005 and index( $rl_attribs->{basic_word_break_characters}, ":" ) == -1;
6006 $rl_attribs->{special_prefixes} = '$@&%';
6007 $rl_attribs->{completer_word_break_characters} .= '$@&%';
6008 $rl_attribs->{completion_function} = \&db_complete;
6009 } ## end else [ if (!$rl)
6010
6011 # Set up the LINEINFO filehandle.
6012 $LINEINFO = $OUT unless defined $LINEINFO;
6013 $lineinfo = $console unless defined $lineinfo;
6014
6015 $term->MinLine(2);
6016
6017 &load_hist();
6018
6019 if ( $term->Features->{setHistory} and "@hist" ne "?" ) {
6020 $term->SetHistory(@hist);
6021 }
6022
6023 # XXX Ornaments are turned on unconditionally, which is not
6024 # always a good thing.
6025 ornaments($ornaments) if defined $ornaments;
6026 $term_pid = $$;
6027} ## end sub setterm
6028
6029sub load_hist {
6030 $histfile //= option_val("HistFile", undef);
6031 return unless defined $histfile;
6032 open my $fh, "<", $histfile or return;
6033 local $/ = "\n";
6034 @hist = ();
6035 while (<$fh>) {
6036 chomp;
6037 push @hist, $_;
6038 }
6039 close $fh;
6040}
6041
6042sub save_hist {
6043 return unless defined $histfile;
6044 eval { require File::Path } or return;
6045 eval { require File::Basename } or return;
6046 File::Path::mkpath(File::Basename::dirname($histfile));
6047 open my $fh, ">", $histfile or die "Could not open '$histfile': $!";
6048 $histsize //= option_val("HistSize",100);
6049 my @copy = grep { $_ ne '?' } @hist;
6050 my $start = scalar(@copy) > $histsize ? scalar(@copy)-$histsize : 0;
6051 for ($start .. $#copy) {
6052 print $fh "$copy[$_]\n";
6053 }
6054 close $fh or die "Could not write '$histfile': $!";
6055}
6056
6057=head1 GET_FORK_TTY EXAMPLE FUNCTIONS
6058
6059When the process being debugged forks, or the process invokes a command
6060via C<system()> which starts a new debugger, we need to be able to get a new
6061C<IN> and C<OUT> filehandle for the new debugger. Otherwise, the two processes
6062fight over the terminal, and you can never quite be sure who's going to get the
6063input you're typing.
6064
6065C<get_fork_TTY> is a glob-aliased function which calls the real function that
6066is tasked with doing all the necessary operating system mojo to get a new
6067TTY (and probably another window) and to direct the new debugger to read and
6068write there.
6069
6070The debugger provides C<get_fork_TTY> functions which work for X Windows,
6071OS/2, and Mac OS X. Other systems are not supported. You are encouraged
6072to write C<get_fork_TTY> functions which work for I<your> platform
6073and contribute them.
6074
6075=head3 C<xterm_get_fork_TTY>
6076
6077This function provides the C<get_fork_TTY> function for X windows. If a
6078program running under the debugger forks, a new <xterm> window is opened and
6079the subsidiary debugger is directed there.
6080
6081The C<open()> call is of particular note here. We have the new C<xterm>
6082we're spawning route file number 3 to STDOUT, and then execute the C<tty>
6083command (which prints the device name of the TTY we'll want to use for input
6084and output to STDOUT, then C<sleep> for a very long time, routing this output
6085to file number 3. This way we can simply read from the <XT> filehandle (which
6086is STDOUT from the I<commands> we ran) to get the TTY we want to use.
6087
6088Only works if C<xterm> is in your path and C<$ENV{DISPLAY}>, etc. are
6089properly set up.
6090
6091=cut
6092
6093sub xterm_get_fork_TTY {
6094 ( my $name = $0 ) =~ s,^.*[/\\],,s;
6095 open XT,
6096qq[3>&1 xterm -title "Daughter Perl debugger $pids $name" -e sh -c 'tty 1>&3;\
6097 sleep 10000000' |];
6098
6099 # Get the output from 'tty' and clean it up a little.
6100 my $tty = <XT>;
6101 chomp $tty;
6102
6103 $pidprompt = ''; # Shown anyway in titlebar
6104
6105 # We need $term defined or we can not switch to the newly created xterm
6106 if ($tty ne '' && !defined $term) {
6107 eval { require Term::ReadLine } or die $@;
6108 if ( !$rl ) {
6109 $term = new Term::ReadLine::Stub 'perldb', $IN, $OUT;
6110 }
6111 else {
6112 $term = new Term::ReadLine 'perldb', $IN, $OUT;
6113 }
6114 }
6115 # There's our new TTY.
6116 return $tty;
6117} ## end sub xterm_get_fork_TTY
6118
6119=head3 C<os2_get_fork_TTY>
6120
6121XXX It behooves an OS/2 expert to write the necessary documentation for this!
6122
6123=cut
6124
6125# This example function resets $IN, $OUT itself
6126my $c_pipe = 0;
6127sub os2_get_fork_TTY { # A simplification of the following (and works without):
6128 local $\ = '';
6129 ( my $name = $0 ) =~ s,^.*[/\\],,s;
6130 my %opt = ( title => "Daughter Perl debugger $pids $name",
6131 ($rl ? (read_by_key => 1) : ()) );
6132 require OS2::Process;
6133 my ($in, $out, $pid) = eval { OS2::Process::io_term(related => 0, %opt) }
6134 or return;
6135 $pidprompt = ''; # Shown anyway in titlebar
6136 reset_IN_OUT($in, $out);
6137 $tty = '*reset*';
6138 return ''; # Indicate that reset_IN_OUT is called
6139} ## end sub os2_get_fork_TTY
6140
6141=head3 C<macosx_get_fork_TTY>
6142
6143The Mac OS X version uses AppleScript to tell Terminal.app to create
6144a new window.
6145
6146=cut
6147
6148# Notes about Terminal.app's AppleScript support,
6149# (aka things that might break in future OS versions).
6150#
6151# The "do script" command doesn't return a reference to the new window
6152# it creates, but since it appears frontmost and windows are enumerated
6153# front to back, we can use "first window" === "window 1".
6154#
6155# Since "do script" is implemented by supplying the argument (plus a
6156# return character) as terminal input, there's a potential race condition
6157# where the debugger could beat the shell to reading the command.
6158# To prevent this, we wait for the screen to clear before proceeding.
6159#
6160# 10.3 and 10.4:
6161# There's no direct accessor for the tty device name, so we fiddle
6162# with the window title options until it says what we want.
6163#
6164# 10.5:
6165# There _is_ a direct accessor for the tty device name, _and_ there's
6166# a new possible component of the window title (the name of the settings
6167# set). A separate version is needed.
6168
6169my @script_versions=
6170
6171 ([237, <<'__LEOPARD__'],
6172tell application "Terminal"
6173 do script "clear;exec sleep 100000"
6174 tell first tab of first window
6175 copy tty to thetty
6176 set custom title to "forked perl debugger"
6177 set title displays custom title to true
6178 repeat while (length of first paragraph of (get contents)) > 0
6179 delay 0.1
6180 end repeat
6181 end tell
6182end tell
6183thetty
6184__LEOPARD__
6185
6186 [100, <<'__JAGUAR_TIGER__'],
6187tell application "Terminal"
6188 do script "clear;exec sleep 100000"
6189 tell first window
6190 set title displays shell path to false
6191 set title displays window size to false
6192 set title displays file name to false
6193 set title displays device name to true
6194 set title displays custom title to true
6195 set custom title to ""
6196 copy "/dev/" & name to thetty
6197 set custom title to "forked perl debugger"
6198 repeat while (length of first paragraph of (get contents)) > 0
6199 delay 0.1
6200 end repeat
6201 end tell
6202end tell
6203thetty
6204__JAGUAR_TIGER__
6205
6206);
6207
6208sub macosx_get_fork_TTY
6209{
6210 my($version,$script,$pipe,$tty);
6211
6212 return unless $version=$ENV{TERM_PROGRAM_VERSION};
6213 foreach my $entry (@script_versions) {
6214 if ($version>=$entry->[0]) {
6215 $script=$entry->[1];
6216 last;
6217 }
6218 }
6219 return unless defined($script);
6220 return unless open($pipe,'-|','/usr/bin/osascript','-e',$script);
6221 $tty=readline($pipe);
6222 close($pipe);
6223 return unless defined($tty) && $tty =~ m(^/dev/);
6224 chomp $tty;
6225 return $tty;
6226}
6227
6228=head2 C<create_IN_OUT($flags)>
6229
6230Create a new pair of filehandles, pointing to a new TTY. If impossible,
6231try to diagnose why.
6232
6233Flags are:
6234
6235=over 4
6236
6237=item * 1 - Don't know how to create a new TTY.
6238
6239=item * 2 - Debugger has forked, but we can't get a new TTY.
6240
6241=item * 4 - standard debugger startup is happening.
6242
6243=back
6244
6245=cut
6246
6247sub create_IN_OUT { # Create a window with IN/OUT handles redirected there
6248
6249 # If we know how to get a new TTY, do it! $in will have
6250 # the TTY name if get_fork_TTY works.
6251 my $in = &get_fork_TTY if defined &get_fork_TTY;
6252
6253 # It used to be that
6254 $in = $fork_TTY if defined $fork_TTY; # Backward compatibility
6255
6256 if ( not defined $in ) {
6257 my $why = shift;
6258
6259 # We don't know how.
6260 print_help(<<EOP) if $why == 1;
6261I<#########> Forked, but do not know how to create a new B<TTY>. I<#########>
6262EOP
6263
6264 # Forked debugger.
6265 print_help(<<EOP) if $why == 2;
6266I<#########> Daughter session, do not know how to change a B<TTY>. I<#########>
6267 This may be an asynchronous session, so the parent debugger may be active.
6268EOP
6269
6270 # Note that both debuggers are fighting over the same input.
6271 print_help(<<EOP) if $why != 4;
6272 Since two debuggers fight for the same TTY, input is severely entangled.
6273
6274EOP
6275 print_help(<<EOP);
6276 I know how to switch the output to a different window in xterms, OS/2
6277 consoles, and Mac OS X Terminal.app only. For a manual switch, put the name
6278 of the created I<TTY> in B<\$DB::fork_TTY>, or define a function
6279 B<DB::get_fork_TTY()> returning this.
6280
6281 On I<UNIX>-like systems one can get the name of a I<TTY> for the given window
6282 by typing B<tty>, and disconnect the I<shell> from I<TTY> by B<sleep 1000000>.
6283
6284EOP
6285 } ## end if (not defined $in)
6286 elsif ( $in ne '' ) {
6287 TTY($in);
6288 }
6289 else {
6290 $console = ''; # Indicate no need to open-from-the-console
6291 }
6292 undef $fork_TTY;
6293} ## end sub create_IN_OUT
6294
6295=head2 C<resetterm>
6296
6297Handles rejiggering the prompt when we've forked off a new debugger.
6298
6299If the new debugger happened because of a C<system()> that invoked a
6300program under the debugger, the arrow between the old pid and the new
6301in the prompt has I<two> dashes instead of one.
6302
6303We take the current list of pids and add this one to the end. If there
6304isn't any list yet, we make one up out of the initial pid associated with
6305the terminal and our new pid, sticking an arrow (either one-dashed or
6306two dashed) in between them.
6307
6308If C<CreateTTY> is off, or C<resetterm> was called with no arguments,
6309we don't try to create a new IN and OUT filehandle. Otherwise, we go ahead
6310and try to do that.
6311
6312=cut
6313
6314sub resetterm { # We forked, so we need a different TTY
6315
6316 # Needs to be passed to create_IN_OUT() as well.
6317 my $in = shift;
6318
6319 # resetterm(2): got in here because of a system() starting a debugger.
6320 # resetterm(1): just forked.
6321 my $systemed = $in > 1 ? '-' : '';
6322
6323 # If there's already a list of pids, add this to the end.
6324 if ($pids) {
6325 $pids =~ s/\]/$systemed->$$]/;
6326 }
6327
6328 # No pid list. Time to make one.
6329 else {
6330 $pids = "[$term_pid->$$]";
6331 }
6332
6333 # The prompt we're going to be using for this debugger.
6334 $pidprompt = $pids;
6335
6336 # We now 0wnz this terminal.
6337 $term_pid = $$;
6338
6339 # Just return if we're not supposed to try to create a new TTY.
6340 return unless $CreateTTY & $in;
6341
6342 # Try to create a new IN/OUT pair.
6343 create_IN_OUT($in);
6344} ## end sub resetterm
6345
6346=head2 C<readline>
6347
6348First, we handle stuff in the typeahead buffer. If there is any, we shift off
6349the next line, print a message saying we got it, add it to the terminal
6350history (if possible), and return it.
6351
6352If there's nothing in the typeahead buffer, check the command filehandle stack.
6353If there are any filehandles there, read from the last one, and return the line
6354if we got one. If not, we pop the filehandle off and close it, and try the
6355next one up the stack.
6356
6357If we've emptied the filehandle stack, we check to see if we've got a socket
6358open, and we read that and return it if we do. If we don't, we just call the
6359core C<readline()> and return its value.
6360
6361=cut
6362
6363sub readline {
6364
6365 # Localize to prevent it from being smashed in the program being debugged.
6366 local $.;
6367
6368 # Pull a line out of the typeahead if there's stuff there.
6369 if (@typeahead) {
6370
6371 # How many lines left.
6372 my $left = @typeahead;
6373
6374 # Get the next line.
6375 my $got = shift @typeahead;
6376
6377 # Print a message saying we got input from the typeahead.
6378 local $\ = '';
6379 print $OUT "auto(-$left)", shift, $got, "\n";
6380
6381 # Add it to the terminal history (if possible).
6382 $term->AddHistory($got)
6383 if length($got) > 1
6384 and defined $term->Features->{addHistory};
6385 return $got;
6386 } ## end if (@typeahead)
6387
6388 # We really need to read some input. Turn off entry/exit trace and
6389 # return value printing.
6390 local $frame = 0;
6391 local $doret = -2;
6392
6393 # If there are stacked filehandles to read from ...
6394 while (@cmdfhs) {
6395
6396 # Read from the last one in the stack.
6397 my $line = CORE::readline( $cmdfhs[-1] );
6398
6399 # If we got a line ...
6400 defined $line
6401 ? ( print $OUT ">> $line" and return $line ) # Echo and return
6402 : close pop @cmdfhs; # Pop and close
6403 } ## end while (@cmdfhs)
6404
6405 # Nothing on the filehandle stack. Socket?
6406 if ( ref $OUT and UNIVERSAL::isa( $OUT, 'IO::Socket::INET' ) ) {
6407
6408 # Send anyting we have to send.
6409 $OUT->write( join( '', @_ ) );
6410
6411 # Receive anything there is to receive.
6412 $stuff;
6413 my $stuff = '';
6414 my $buf;
6415 do {
6416 $IN->recv( $buf = '', 2048 ); # XXX "what's wrong with sysread?"
6417 # XXX Don't know. You tell me.
6418 } while length $buf and ($stuff .= $buf) !~ /\n/;
6419
6420 # What we got.
6421 $stuff;
6422 } ## end if (ref $OUT and UNIVERSAL::isa...
6423
6424 # No socket. Just read from the terminal.
6425 else {
6426 $term->readline(@_);
6427 }
6428} ## end sub readline
6429
6430=head1 OPTIONS SUPPORT ROUTINES
6431
6432These routines handle listing and setting option values.
6433
6434=head2 C<dump_option> - list the current value of an option setting
6435
6436This routine uses C<option_val> to look up the value for an option.
6437It cleans up escaped single-quotes and then displays the option and
6438its value.
6439
6440=cut
6441
6442sub dump_option {
6443 my ( $opt, $val ) = @_;
6444 $val = option_val( $opt, 'N/A' );
6445 $val =~ s/([\\\'])/\\$1/g;
6446 printf $OUT "%20s = '%s'\n", $opt, $val;
6447} ## end sub dump_option
6448
6449sub options2remember {
6450 foreach my $k (@RememberOnROptions) {
6451 $option{$k} = option_val( $k, 'N/A' );
6452 }
6453 return %option;
6454}
6455
6456=head2 C<option_val> - find the current value of an option
6457
6458This can't just be a simple hash lookup because of the indirect way that
6459the option values are stored. Some are retrieved by calling a subroutine,
6460some are just variables.
6461
6462You must supply a default value to be used in case the option isn't set.
6463
6464=cut
6465
6466sub option_val {
6467 my ( $opt, $default ) = @_;
6468 my $val;
6469
6470 # Does this option exist, and is it a variable?
6471 # If so, retrieve the value via the value in %optionVars.
6472 if ( defined $optionVars{$opt}
6473 and defined ${ $optionVars{$opt} } )
6474 {
6475 $val = ${ $optionVars{$opt} };
6476 }
6477
6478 # Does this option exist, and it's a subroutine?
6479 # If so, call the subroutine via the ref in %optionAction
6480 # and capture the value.
6481 elsif ( defined $optionAction{$opt}
6482 and defined &{ $optionAction{$opt} } )
6483 {
6484 $val = &{ $optionAction{$opt} }();
6485 }
6486
6487 # If there's an action or variable for the supplied option,
6488 # but no value was set, use the default.
6489 elsif (defined $optionAction{$opt} and not defined $option{$opt}
6490 or defined $optionVars{$opt} and not defined ${ $optionVars{$opt} } )
6491 {
6492 $val = $default;
6493 }
6494
6495 # Otherwise, do the simple hash lookup.
6496 else {
6497 $val = $option{$opt};
6498 }
6499
6500 # If the value isn't defined, use the default.
6501 # Then return whatever the value is.
6502 $val = $default unless defined $val;
6503 $val;
6504} ## end sub option_val
6505
6506=head2 C<parse_options>
6507
6508Handles the parsing and execution of option setting/displaying commands.
6509
6510An option entered by itself is assumed to be I<set me to 1> (the default value)
6511if the option is a boolean one. If not, the user is prompted to enter a valid
6512value or to query the current value (via C<option? >).
6513
6514If C<option=value> is entered, we try to extract a quoted string from the
6515value (if it is quoted). If it's not, we just use the whole value as-is.
6516
6517We load any modules required to service this option, and then we set it: if
6518it just gets stuck in a variable, we do that; if there's a subroutine to
6519handle setting the option, we call that.
6520
6521Finally, if we're running in interactive mode, we display the effect of the
6522user's command back to the terminal, skipping this if we're setting things
6523during initialization.
6524
6525=cut
6526
6527sub parse_options {
6528 local ($_) = @_;
6529 local $\ = '';
6530
6531 # These options need a value. Don't allow them to be clobbered by accident.
6532 my %opt_needs_val = map { ( $_ => 1 ) } qw{
6533 dumpDepth arrayDepth hashDepth LineInfo maxTraceLen ornaments windowSize
6534 pager quote ReadLine recallCommand RemotePort ShellBang TTY CommandSet
6535 };
6536
6537 while (length) {
6538 my $val_defaulted;
6539
6540 # Clean off excess leading whitespace.
6541 s/^\s+// && next;
6542
6543 # Options are always all word characters, followed by a non-word
6544 # separator.
6545 s/^(\w+)(\W?)// or print( $OUT "Invalid option `$_'\n" ), last;
6546 my ( $opt, $sep ) = ( $1, $2 );
6547
6548 # Make sure that such an option exists.
6549 my $matches = grep( /^\Q$opt/ && ( $option = $_ ), @options )
6550 || grep( /^\Q$opt/i && ( $option = $_ ), @options );
6551
6552 print( $OUT "Unknown option `$opt'\n" ), next unless $matches;
6553 print( $OUT "Ambiguous option `$opt'\n" ), next if $matches > 1;
6554 my $val;
6555
6556 # '?' as separator means query, but must have whitespace after it.
6557 if ( "?" eq $sep ) {
6558 print( $OUT "Option query `$opt?' followed by non-space `$_'\n" ),
6559 last
6560 if /^\S/;
6561
6562 #&dump_option($opt);
6563 } ## end if ("?" eq $sep)
6564
6565 # Separator is whitespace (or just a carriage return).
6566 # They're going for a default, which we assume is 1.
6567 elsif ( $sep !~ /\S/ ) {
6568 $val_defaulted = 1;
6569 $val = "1"; # this is an evil default; make 'em set it!
6570 }
6571
6572 # Separator is =. Trying to set a value.
6573 elsif ( $sep eq "=" ) {
6574
6575 # If quoted, extract a quoted string.
6576 if (s/ (["']) ( (?: \\. | (?! \1 ) [^\\] )* ) \1 //x) {
6577 my $quote = $1;
6578 ( $val = $2 ) =~ s/\\([$quote\\])/$1/g;
6579 }
6580
6581 # Not quoted. Use the whole thing. Warn about 'option='.
6582 else {
6583 s/^(\S*)//;
6584 $val = $1;
6585 print OUT qq(Option better cleared using $opt=""\n)
6586 unless length $val;
6587 } ## end else [ if (s/ (["']) ( (?: \\. | (?! \1 ) [^\\] )* ) \1 //x)
6588
6589 } ## end elsif ($sep eq "=")
6590
6591 # "Quoted" with [], <>, or {}.
6592 else { #{ to "let some poor schmuck bounce on the % key in B<vi>."
6593 my ($end) =
6594 "\\" . substr( ")]>}$sep", index( "([<{", $sep ), 1 ); #}
6595 s/^(([^\\$end]|\\[\\$end])*)$end($|\s+)//
6596 or print( $OUT "Unclosed option value `$opt$sep$_'\n" ), last;
6597 ( $val = $1 ) =~ s/\\([\\$end])/$1/g;
6598 } ## end else [ if ("?" eq $sep)
6599
6600 # Exclude non-booleans from getting set to 1 by default.
6601 if ( $opt_needs_val{$option} && $val_defaulted ) {
6602 my $cmd = ( $CommandSet eq '580' ) ? 'o' : 'O';
6603 print $OUT
6604"Option `$opt' is non-boolean. Use `$cmd $option=VAL' to set, `$cmd $option?' to query\n";
6605 next;
6606 } ## end if ($opt_needs_val{$option...
6607
6608 # Save the option value.
6609 $option{$option} = $val if defined $val;
6610
6611 # Load any module that this option requires.
6612 eval qq{
6613 local \$frame = 0;
6614 local \$doret = -2;
6615 require '$optionRequire{$option}';
6616 1;
6617 } || die # XXX: shouldn't happen
6618 if defined $optionRequire{$option}
6619 && defined $val;
6620
6621 # Set it.
6622 # Stick it in the proper variable if it goes in a variable.
6623 ${ $optionVars{$option} } = $val
6624 if defined $optionVars{$option}
6625 && defined $val;
6626
6627 # Call the appropriate sub if it gets set via sub.
6628 &{ $optionAction{$option} }($val)
6629 if defined $optionAction{$option}
6630 && defined &{ $optionAction{$option} }
6631 && defined $val;
6632
6633 # Not initialization - echo the value we set it to.
6634 dump_option($option) unless $OUT eq \*STDERR;
6635 } ## end while (length)
6636} ## end sub parse_options
6637
6638=head1 RESTART SUPPORT
6639
6640These routines are used to store (and restore) lists of items in environment
6641variables during a restart.
6642
6643=head2 set_list
6644
6645Set_list packages up items to be stored in a set of environment variables
6646(VAR_n, containing the number of items, and VAR_0, VAR_1, etc., containing
6647the values). Values outside the standard ASCII charset are stored by encoding
6648then as hexadecimal values.
6649
6650=cut
6651
6652sub set_list {
6653 my ( $stem, @list ) = @_;
6654 my $val;
6655
6656 # VAR_n: how many we have. Scalar assignment gets the number of items.
6657 $ENV{"${stem}_n"} = @list;
6658
6659 # Grab each item in the list, escape the backslashes, encode the non-ASCII
6660 # as hex, and then save in the appropriate VAR_0, VAR_1, etc.
6661 for $i ( 0 .. $#list ) {
6662 $val = $list[$i];
6663 $val =~ s/\\/\\\\/g;
6664 $val =~ s/([\0-\37\177\200-\377])/"\\0x" . unpack('H2',$1)/eg;
6665 $ENV{"${stem}_$i"} = $val;
6666 } ## end for $i (0 .. $#list)
6667} ## end sub set_list
6668
6669=head2 get_list
6670
6671Reverse the set_list operation: grab VAR_n to see how many we should be getting
6672back, and then pull VAR_0, VAR_1. etc. back out.
6673
6674=cut
6675
6676sub get_list {
6677 my $stem = shift;
6678 my @list;
6679 my $n = delete $ENV{"${stem}_n"};
6680 my $val;
6681 for $i ( 0 .. $n - 1 ) {
6682 $val = delete $ENV{"${stem}_$i"};
6683 $val =~ s/\\((\\)|0x(..))/ $2 ? $2 : pack('H2', $3) /ge;
6684 push @list, $val;
6685 }
6686 @list;
6687} ## end sub get_list
6688
6689=head1 MISCELLANEOUS SIGNAL AND I/O MANAGEMENT
6690
6691=head2 catch()
6692
6693The C<catch()> subroutine is the essence of fast and low-impact. We simply
6694set an already-existing global scalar variable to a constant value. This
6695avoids allocating any memory possibly in the middle of something that will
6696get all confused if we do, particularly under I<unsafe signals>.
6697
6698=cut
6699
6700sub catch {
6701 $signal = 1;
6702 return; # Put nothing on the stack - malloc/free land!
6703}
6704
6705=head2 C<warn()>
6706
6707C<warn> emits a warning, by joining together its arguments and printing
6708them, with couple of fillips.
6709
6710If the composited message I<doesn't> end with a newline, we automatically
6711add C<$!> and a newline to the end of the message. The subroutine expects $OUT
6712to be set to the filehandle to be used to output warnings; it makes no
6713assumptions about what filehandles are available.
6714
6715=cut
6716
6717sub warn {
6718 my ($msg) = join( "", @_ );
6719 $msg .= ": $!\n" unless $msg =~ /\n$/;
6720 local $\ = '';
6721 print $OUT $msg;
6722} ## end sub warn
6723
6724=head1 INITIALIZATION TTY SUPPORT
6725
6726=head2 C<reset_IN_OUT>
6727
6728This routine handles restoring the debugger's input and output filehandles
6729after we've tried and failed to move them elsewhere. In addition, it assigns
6730the debugger's output filehandle to $LINEINFO if it was already open there.
6731
6732=cut
6733
6734sub reset_IN_OUT {
6735 my $switch_li = $LINEINFO eq $OUT;
6736
6737 # If there's a term and it's able to get a new tty, try to get one.
6738 if ( $term and $term->Features->{newTTY} ) {
6739 ( $IN, $OUT ) = ( shift, shift );
6740 $term->newTTY( $IN, $OUT );
6741 }
6742
6743 # This term can't get a new tty now. Better luck later.
6744 elsif ($term) {
6745 &warn("Too late to set IN/OUT filehandles, enabled on next `R'!\n");
6746 }
6747
6748 # Set the filehndles up as they were.
6749 else {
6750 ( $IN, $OUT ) = ( shift, shift );
6751 }
6752
6753 # Unbuffer the output filehandle.
6754 my $o = select $OUT;
6755 $| = 1;
6756 select $o;
6757
6758 # Point LINEINFO to the same output filehandle if it was there before.
6759 $LINEINFO = $OUT if $switch_li;
6760} ## end sub reset_IN_OUT
6761
6762=head1 OPTION SUPPORT ROUTINES
6763
6764The following routines are used to process some of the more complicated
6765debugger options.
6766
6767=head2 C<TTY>
6768
6769Sets the input and output filehandles to the specified files or pipes.
6770If the terminal supports switching, we go ahead and do it. If not, and
6771there's already a terminal in place, we save the information to take effect
6772on restart.
6773
6774If there's no terminal yet (for instance, during debugger initialization),
6775we go ahead and set C<$console> and C<$tty> to the file indicated.
6776
6777=cut
6778
6779sub TTY {
6780
6781 if ( @_ and $term and $term->Features->{newTTY} ) {
6782
6783 # This terminal supports switching to a new TTY.
6784 # Can be a list of two files, or on string containing both names,
6785 # comma-separated.
6786 # XXX Should this perhaps be an assignment from @_?
6787 my ( $in, $out ) = shift;
6788 if ( $in =~ /,/ ) {
6789
6790 # Split list apart if supplied.
6791 ( $in, $out ) = split /,/, $in, 2;
6792 }
6793 else {
6794
6795 # Use the same file for both input and output.
6796 $out = $in;
6797 }
6798
6799 # Open file onto the debugger's filehandles, if you can.
6800 open IN, $in or die "cannot open `$in' for read: $!";
6801 open OUT, ">$out" or die "cannot open `$out' for write: $!";
6802
6803 # Swap to the new filehandles.
6804 reset_IN_OUT( \*IN, \*OUT );
6805
6806 # Save the setting for later.
6807 return $tty = $in;
6808 } ## end if (@_ and $term and $term...
6809
6810 # Terminal doesn't support new TTY, or doesn't support readline.
6811 # Can't do it now, try restarting.
6812 &warn("Too late to set TTY, enabled on next `R'!\n") if $term and @_;
6813
6814 # Useful if done through PERLDB_OPTS:
6815 $console = $tty = shift if @_;
6816
6817 # Return whatever the TTY is.
6818 $tty or $console;
6819} ## end sub TTY
6820
6821=head2 C<noTTY>
6822
6823Sets the C<$notty> global, controlling whether or not the debugger tries to
6824get a terminal to read from. If called after a terminal is already in place,
6825we save the value to use it if we're restarted.
6826
6827=cut
6828
6829sub noTTY {
6830 if ($term) {
6831 &warn("Too late to set noTTY, enabled on next `R'!\n") if @_;
6832 }
6833 $notty = shift if @_;
6834 $notty;
6835} ## end sub noTTY
6836
6837=head2 C<ReadLine>
6838
6839Sets the C<$rl> option variable. If 0, we use C<Term::ReadLine::Stub>
6840(essentially, no C<readline> processing on this I<terminal>). Otherwise, we
6841use C<Term::ReadLine>. Can't be changed after a terminal's in place; we save
6842the value in case a restart is done so we can change it then.
6843
6844=cut
6845
6846sub ReadLine {
6847 if ($term) {
6848 &warn("Too late to set ReadLine, enabled on next `R'!\n") if @_;
6849 }
6850 $rl = shift if @_;
6851 $rl;
6852} ## end sub ReadLine
6853
6854=head2 C<RemotePort>
6855
6856Sets the port that the debugger will try to connect to when starting up.
6857If the terminal's already been set up, we can't do it, but we remember the
6858setting in case the user does a restart.
6859
6860=cut
6861
6862sub RemotePort {
6863 if ($term) {
6864 &warn("Too late to set RemotePort, enabled on next 'R'!\n") if @_;
6865 }
6866 $remoteport = shift if @_;
6867 $remoteport;
6868} ## end sub RemotePort
6869
6870=head2 C<tkRunning>
6871
6872Checks with the terminal to see if C<Tk> is running, and returns true or
6873false. Returns false if the current terminal doesn't support C<readline>.
6874
6875=cut
6876
6877sub tkRunning {
6878 if ( ${ $term->Features }{tkRunning} ) {
6879 return $term->tkRunning(@_);
6880 }
6881 else {
6882 local $\ = '';
6883 print $OUT "tkRunning not supported by current ReadLine package.\n";
6884 0;
6885 }
6886} ## end sub tkRunning
6887
6888=head2 C<NonStop>
6889
6890Sets nonstop mode. If a terminal's already been set up, it's too late; the
6891debugger remembers the setting in case you restart, though.
6892
6893=cut
6894
6895sub NonStop {
6896 if ($term) {
6897 &warn("Too late to set up NonStop mode, enabled on next `R'!\n")
6898 if @_;
6899 }
6900 $runnonstop = shift if @_;
6901 $runnonstop;
6902} ## end sub NonStop
6903
6904sub DollarCaretP {
6905 if ($term) {
6906 &warn("Some flag changes could not take effect until next 'R'!\n")
6907 if @_;
6908 }
6909 $^P = parse_DollarCaretP_flags(shift) if @_;
6910 expand_DollarCaretP_flags($^P);
6911}
6912
6913=head2 C<pager>
6914
6915Set up the C<$pager> variable. Adds a pipe to the front unless there's one
6916there already.
6917
6918=cut
6919
6920sub pager {
6921 if (@_) {
6922 $pager = shift;
6923 $pager = "|" . $pager unless $pager =~ /^(\+?\>|\|)/;
6924 }
6925 $pager;
6926} ## end sub pager
6927
6928=head2 C<shellBang>
6929
6930Sets the shell escape command, and generates a printable copy to be used
6931in the help.
6932
6933=cut
6934
6935sub shellBang {
6936
6937 # If we got an argument, meta-quote it, and add '\b' if it
6938 # ends in a word character.
6939 if (@_) {
6940 $sh = quotemeta shift;
6941 $sh .= "\\b" if $sh =~ /\w$/;
6942 }
6943
6944 # Generate the printable version for the help:
6945 $psh = $sh; # copy it
6946 $psh =~ s/\\b$//; # Take off trailing \b if any
6947 $psh =~ s/\\(.)/$1/g; # De-escape
6948 $psh; # return the printable version
6949} ## end sub shellBang
6950
6951=head2 C<ornaments>
6952
6953If the terminal has its own ornaments, fetch them. Otherwise accept whatever
6954was passed as the argument. (This means you can't override the terminal's
6955ornaments.)
6956
6957=cut
6958
6959sub ornaments {
6960 if ( defined $term ) {
6961
6962 # We don't want to show warning backtraces, but we do want die() ones.
6963 local ( $warnLevel, $dieLevel ) = ( 0, 1 );
6964
6965 # No ornaments if the terminal doesn't support them.
6966 return '' unless $term->Features->{ornaments};
6967 eval { $term->ornaments(@_) } || '';
6968 }
6969
6970 # Use what was passed in if we can't determine it ourselves.
6971 else {
6972 $ornaments = shift;
6973 }
6974} ## end sub ornaments
6975
6976=head2 C<recallCommand>
6977
6978Sets the recall command, and builds a printable version which will appear in
6979the help text.
6980
6981=cut
6982
6983sub recallCommand {
6984
6985 # If there is input, metaquote it. Add '\b' if it ends with a word
6986 # character.
6987 if (@_) {
6988 $rc = quotemeta shift;
6989 $rc .= "\\b" if $rc =~ /\w$/;
6990 }
6991
6992 # Build it into a printable version.
6993 $prc = $rc; # Copy it
6994 $prc =~ s/\\b$//; # Remove trailing \b
6995 $prc =~ s/\\(.)/$1/g; # Remove escapes
6996 $prc; # Return the printable version
6997} ## end sub recallCommand
6998
6999=head2 C<LineInfo> - where the line number information goes
7000
7001Called with no arguments, returns the file or pipe that line info should go to.
7002
7003Called with an argument (a file or a pipe), it opens that onto the
7004C<LINEINFO> filehandle, unbuffers the filehandle, and then returns the
7005file or pipe again to the caller.
7006
7007=cut
7008
7009sub LineInfo {
7010 return $lineinfo unless @_;
7011 $lineinfo = shift;
7012
7013 # If this is a valid "thing to be opened for output", tack a
7014 # '>' onto the front.
7015 my $stream = ( $lineinfo =~ /^(\+?\>|\|)/ ) ? $lineinfo : ">$lineinfo";
7016
7017 # If this is a pipe, the stream points to a slave editor.
7018 $slave_editor = ( $stream =~ /^\|/ );
7019
7020 # Open it up and unbuffer it.
7021 open( LINEINFO, "$stream" ) || &warn("Cannot open `$stream' for write");
7022 $LINEINFO = \*LINEINFO;
7023 my $save = select($LINEINFO);
7024 $| = 1;
7025 select($save);
7026
7027 # Hand the file or pipe back again.
7028 $lineinfo;
7029} ## end sub LineInfo
7030
7031=head1 COMMAND SUPPORT ROUTINES
7032
7033These subroutines provide functionality for various commands.
7034
7035=head2 C<list_modules>
7036
7037For the C<M> command: list modules loaded and their versions.
7038Essentially just runs through the keys in %INC, picks each package's
7039C<$VERSION> variable, gets the file name, and formats the information
7040for output.
7041
7042=cut
7043
7044sub list_modules { # versions
7045 my %version;
7046 my $file;
7047
7048 # keys are the "as-loaded" name, values are the fully-qualified path
7049 # to the file itself.
7050 for ( keys %INC ) {
7051 $file = $_; # get the module name
7052 s,\.p[lm]$,,i; # remove '.pl' or '.pm'
7053 s,/,::,g; # change '/' to '::'
7054 s/^perl5db$/DB/; # Special case: debugger
7055 # moves to package DB
7056 s/^Term::ReadLine::readline$/readline/; # simplify readline
7057
7058 # If the package has a $VERSION package global (as all good packages
7059 # should!) decode it and save as partial message.
7060 if ( defined ${ $_ . '::VERSION' } ) {
7061 $version{$file} = "${ $_ . '::VERSION' } from ";
7062 }
7063
7064 # Finish up the message with the file the package came from.
7065 $version{$file} .= $INC{$file};
7066 } ## end for (keys %INC)
7067
7068 # Hey, dumpit() formats a hash nicely, so why not use it?
7069 dumpit( $OUT, \%version );
7070} ## end sub list_modules
7071
7072=head2 C<sethelp()>
7073
7074Sets up the monster string used to format and print the help.
7075
7076=head3 HELP MESSAGE FORMAT
7077
7078The help message is a peculiar format unto itself; it mixes C<pod> I<ornaments>
7079(C<< B<> >> C<< I<> >>) with tabs to come up with a format that's fairly
7080easy to parse and portable, but which still allows the help to be a little
7081nicer than just plain text.
7082
7083Essentially, you define the command name (usually marked up with C<< B<> >>
7084and C<< I<> >>), followed by a tab, and then the descriptive text, ending in a
7085newline. The descriptive text can also be marked up in the same way. If you
7086need to continue the descriptive text to another line, start that line with
7087just tabs and then enter the marked-up text.
7088
7089If you are modifying the help text, I<be careful>. The help-string parser is
7090not very sophisticated, and if you don't follow these rules it will mangle the
7091help beyond hope until you fix the string.
7092
7093=cut
7094
7095sub sethelp {
7096
7097 # XXX: make sure there are tabs between the command and explanation,
7098 # or print_help will screw up your formatting if you have
7099 # eeevil ornaments enabled. This is an insane mess.
7100
7101 $help = "
7102Help is currently only available for the new 5.8 command set.
7103No help is available for the old command set.
7104We assume you know what you're doing if you switch to it.
7105
7106B<T> Stack trace.
7107B<s> [I<expr>] Single step [in I<expr>].
7108B<n> [I<expr>] Next, steps over subroutine calls [in I<expr>].
7109<B<CR>> Repeat last B<n> or B<s> command.
7110B<r> Return from current subroutine.
7111B<c> [I<line>|I<sub>] Continue; optionally inserts a one-time-only breakpoint
7112 at the specified position.
7113B<l> I<min>B<+>I<incr> List I<incr>+1 lines starting at I<min>.
7114B<l> I<min>B<->I<max> List lines I<min> through I<max>.
7115B<l> I<line> List single I<line>.
7116B<l> I<subname> List first window of lines from subroutine.
7117B<l> I<\$var> List first window of lines from subroutine referenced by I<\$var>.
7118B<l> List next window of lines.
7119B<-> List previous window of lines.
7120B<v> [I<line>] View window around I<line>.
7121B<.> Return to the executed line.
7122B<f> I<filename> Switch to viewing I<filename>. File must be already loaded.
7123 I<filename> may be either the full name of the file, or a regular
7124 expression matching the full file name:
7125 B<f> I</home/me/foo.pl> and B<f> I<oo\\.> may access the same file.
7126 Evals (with saved bodies) are considered to be filenames:
7127 B<f> I<(eval 7)> and B<f> I<eval 7\\b> access the body of the 7th eval
7128 (in the order of execution).
7129B</>I<pattern>B</> Search forwards for I<pattern>; final B</> is optional.
7130B<?>I<pattern>B<?> Search backwards for I<pattern>; final B<?> is optional.
7131B<L> [I<a|b|w>] List actions and or breakpoints and or watch-expressions.
7132B<S> [[B<!>]I<pattern>] List subroutine names [not] matching I<pattern>.
7133B<t> Toggle trace mode.
7134B<t> I<expr> Trace through execution of I<expr>.
7135B<b> Sets breakpoint on current line)
7136B<b> [I<line>] [I<condition>]
7137 Set breakpoint; I<line> defaults to the current execution line;
7138 I<condition> breaks if it evaluates to true, defaults to '1'.
7139B<b> I<subname> [I<condition>]
7140 Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine.
7141B<b> I<\$var> Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine referenced by I<\$var>.
7142B<b> B<load> I<filename> Set breakpoint on 'require'ing the given file.
7143B<b> B<postpone> I<subname> [I<condition>]
7144 Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine after
7145 it is compiled.
7146B<b> B<compile> I<subname>
7147 Stop after the subroutine is compiled.
7148B<B> [I<line>] Delete the breakpoint for I<line>.
7149B<B> I<*> Delete all breakpoints.
7150B<a> [I<line>] I<command>
7151 Set an action to be done before the I<line> is executed;
7152 I<line> defaults to the current execution line.
7153 Sequence is: check for breakpoint/watchpoint, print line
7154 if necessary, do action, prompt user if necessary,
7155 execute line.
7156B<a> Does nothing
7157B<A> [I<line>] Delete the action for I<line>.
7158B<A> I<*> Delete all actions.
7159B<w> I<expr> Add a global watch-expression.
7160B<w> Does nothing
7161B<W> I<expr> Delete a global watch-expression.
7162B<W> I<*> Delete all watch-expressions.
7163B<V> [I<pkg> [I<vars>]] List some (default all) variables in package (default current).
7164 Use B<~>I<pattern> and B<!>I<pattern> for positive and negative regexps.
7165B<X> [I<vars>] Same as \"B<V> I<currentpackage> [I<vars>]\".
7166B<x> I<expr> Evals expression in list context, dumps the result.
7167B<m> I<expr> Evals expression in list context, prints methods callable
7168 on the first element of the result.
7169B<m> I<class> Prints methods callable via the given class.
7170B<M> Show versions of loaded modules.
7171B<i> I<class> Prints nested parents of given class.
7172B<e> Display current thread id.
7173B<E> Display all thread ids the current one will be identified: <n>.
7174B<y> [I<n> [I<Vars>]] List lexicals in higher scope <n>. Vars same as B<V>.
7175
7176B<<> ? List Perl commands to run before each prompt.
7177B<<> I<expr> Define Perl command to run before each prompt.
7178B<<<> I<expr> Add to the list of Perl commands to run before each prompt.
7179B<< *> Delete the list of perl commands to run before each prompt.
7180B<>> ? List Perl commands to run after each prompt.
7181B<>> I<expr> Define Perl command to run after each prompt.
7182B<>>B<>> I<expr> Add to the list of Perl commands to run after each prompt.
7183B<>>B< *> Delete the list of Perl commands to run after each prompt.
7184B<{> I<db_command> Define debugger command to run before each prompt.
7185B<{> ? List debugger commands to run before each prompt.
7186B<{{> I<db_command> Add to the list of debugger commands to run before each prompt.
7187B<{ *> Delete the list of debugger commands to run before each prompt.
7188B<$prc> I<number> Redo a previous command (default previous command).
7189B<$prc> I<-number> Redo number'th-to-last command.
7190B<$prc> I<pattern> Redo last command that started with I<pattern>.
7191 See 'B<O> I<recallCommand>' too.
7192B<$psh$psh> I<cmd> Run cmd in a subprocess (reads from DB::IN, writes to DB::OUT)"
7193 . (
7194 $rc eq $sh
7195 ? ""
7196 : "
7197B<$psh> [I<cmd>] Run I<cmd> in subshell (forces \"\$SHELL -c 'cmd'\")."
7198 ) . "
7199 See 'B<O> I<shellBang>' too.
7200B<source> I<file> Execute I<file> containing debugger commands (may nest).
7201B<save> I<file> Save current debugger session (actual history) to I<file>.
7202B<rerun> Rerun session to current position.
7203B<rerun> I<n> Rerun session to numbered command.
7204B<rerun> I<-n> Rerun session to number'th-to-last command.
7205B<H> I<-number> Display last number commands (default all).
7206B<H> I<*> Delete complete history.
7207B<p> I<expr> Same as \"I<print {DB::OUT} expr>\" in current package.
7208B<|>I<dbcmd> Run debugger command, piping DB::OUT to current pager.
7209B<||>I<dbcmd> Same as B<|>I<dbcmd> but DB::OUT is temporarilly select()ed as well.
7210B<\=> [I<alias> I<value>] Define a command alias, or list current aliases.
7211I<command> Execute as a perl statement in current package.
7212B<R> Pure-man-restart of debugger, some of debugger state
7213 and command-line options may be lost.
7214 Currently the following settings are preserved:
7215 history, breakpoints and actions, debugger B<O>ptions
7216 and the following command-line options: I<-w>, I<-I>, I<-e>.
7217
7218B<o> [I<opt>] ... Set boolean option to true
7219B<o> [I<opt>B<?>] Query options
7220B<o> [I<opt>B<=>I<val>] [I<opt>=B<\">I<val>B<\">] ...
7221 Set options. Use quotes if spaces in value.
7222 I<recallCommand>, I<ShellBang> chars used to recall command or spawn shell;
7223 I<pager> program for output of \"|cmd\";
7224 I<tkRunning> run Tk while prompting (with ReadLine);
7225 I<signalLevel> I<warnLevel> I<dieLevel> level of verbosity;
7226 I<inhibit_exit> Allows stepping off the end of the script.
7227 I<ImmediateStop> Debugger should stop as early as possible.
7228 I<RemotePort> Remote hostname:port for remote debugging
7229 The following options affect what happens with B<V>, B<X>, and B<x> commands:
7230 I<arrayDepth>, I<hashDepth> print only first N elements ('' for all);
7231 I<compactDump>, I<veryCompact> change style of array and hash dump;
7232 I<globPrint> whether to print contents of globs;
7233 I<DumpDBFiles> dump arrays holding debugged files;
7234 I<DumpPackages> dump symbol tables of packages;
7235 I<DumpReused> dump contents of \"reused\" addresses;
7236 I<quote>, I<HighBit>, I<undefPrint> change style of string dump;
7237 I<bareStringify> Do not print the overload-stringified value;
7238 Other options include:
7239 I<PrintRet> affects printing of return value after B<r> command,
7240 I<frame> affects printing messages on subroutine entry/exit.
7241 I<AutoTrace> affects printing messages on possible breaking points.
7242 I<maxTraceLen> gives max length of evals/args listed in stack trace.
7243 I<ornaments> affects screen appearance of the command line.
7244 I<CreateTTY> bits control attempts to create a new TTY on events:
7245 1: on fork() 2: debugger is started inside debugger
7246 4: on startup
7247 During startup options are initialized from \$ENV{PERLDB_OPTS}.
7248 You can put additional initialization options I<TTY>, I<noTTY>,
7249 I<ReadLine>, I<NonStop>, and I<RemotePort> there (or use
7250 `B<R>' after you set them).
7251
7252B<q> or B<^D> Quit. Set B<\$DB::finished = 0> to debug global destruction.
7253B<h> Summary of debugger commands.
7254B<h> [I<db_command>] Get help [on a specific debugger command], enter B<|h> to page.
7255B<h h> Long help for debugger commands
7256B<$doccmd> I<manpage> Runs the external doc viewer B<$doccmd> command on the
7257 named Perl I<manpage>, or on B<$doccmd> itself if omitted.
7258 Set B<\$DB::doccmd> to change viewer.
7259
7260Type `|h h' for a paged display if this was too hard to read.
7261
7262"; # Fix balance of vi % matching: }}}}
7263
7264 # note: tabs in the following section are not-so-helpful
7265 $summary = <<"END_SUM";
7266I<List/search source lines:> I<Control script execution:>
7267 B<l> [I<ln>|I<sub>] List source code B<T> Stack trace
7268 B<-> or B<.> List previous/current line B<s> [I<expr>] Single step [in expr]
7269 B<v> [I<line>] View around line B<n> [I<expr>] Next, steps over subs
7270 B<f> I<filename> View source in file <B<CR>/B<Enter>> Repeat last B<n> or B<s>
7271 B</>I<pattern>B</> B<?>I<patt>B<?> Search forw/backw B<r> Return from subroutine
7272 B<M> Show module versions B<c> [I<ln>|I<sub>] Continue until position
7273I<Debugger controls:> B<L> List break/watch/actions
7274 B<o> [...] Set debugger options B<t> [I<expr>] Toggle trace [trace expr]
7275 B<<>[B<<>]|B<{>[B<{>]|B<>>[B<>>] [I<cmd>] Do pre/post-prompt B<b> [I<ln>|I<event>|I<sub>] [I<cnd>] Set breakpoint
7276 B<$prc> [I<N>|I<pat>] Redo a previous command B<B> I<ln|*> Delete a/all breakpoints
7277 B<H> [I<-num>] Display last num commands B<a> [I<ln>] I<cmd> Do cmd before line
7278 B<=> [I<a> I<val>] Define/list an alias B<A> I<ln|*> Delete a/all actions
7279 B<h> [I<db_cmd>] Get help on command B<w> I<expr> Add a watch expression
7280 B<h h> Complete help page B<W> I<expr|*> Delete a/all watch exprs
7281 B<|>[B<|>]I<db_cmd> Send output to pager B<$psh>\[B<$psh>\] I<syscmd> Run cmd in a subprocess
7282 B<q> or B<^D> Quit B<R> Attempt a restart
7283I<Data Examination:> B<expr> Execute perl code, also see: B<s>,B<n>,B<t> I<expr>
7284 B<x>|B<m> I<expr> Evals expr in list context, dumps the result or lists methods.
7285 B<p> I<expr> Print expression (uses script's current package).
7286 B<S> [[B<!>]I<pat>] List subroutine names [not] matching pattern
7287 B<V> [I<Pk> [I<Vars>]] List Variables in Package. Vars can be ~pattern or !pattern.
7288 B<X> [I<Vars>] Same as \"B<V> I<current_package> [I<Vars>]\". B<i> I<class> inheritance tree.
7289 B<y> [I<n> [I<Vars>]] List lexicals in higher scope <n>. Vars same as B<V>.
7290 B<e> Display thread id B<E> Display all thread ids.
7291For more help, type B<h> I<cmd_letter>, or run B<$doccmd perldebug> for all docs.
7292END_SUM
7293
7294 # ')}}; # Fix balance of vi % matching
7295
7296 # and this is really numb...
7297 $pre580_help = "
7298B<T> Stack trace.
7299B<s> [I<expr>] Single step [in I<expr>].
7300B<n> [I<expr>] Next, steps over subroutine calls [in I<expr>].
7301B<CR>> Repeat last B<n> or B<s> command.
7302B<r> Return from current subroutine.
7303B<c> [I<line>|I<sub>] Continue; optionally inserts a one-time-only breakpoint
7304 at the specified position.
7305B<l> I<min>B<+>I<incr> List I<incr>+1 lines starting at I<min>.
7306B<l> I<min>B<->I<max> List lines I<min> through I<max>.
7307B<l> I<line> List single I<line>.
7308B<l> I<subname> List first window of lines from subroutine.
7309B<l> I<\$var> List first window of lines from subroutine referenced by I<\$var>.
7310B<l> List next window of lines.
7311B<-> List previous window of lines.
7312B<w> [I<line>] List window around I<line>.
7313B<.> Return to the executed line.
7314B<f> I<filename> Switch to viewing I<filename>. File must be already loaded.
7315 I<filename> may be either the full name of the file, or a regular
7316 expression matching the full file name:
7317 B<f> I</home/me/foo.pl> and B<f> I<oo\\.> may access the same file.
7318 Evals (with saved bodies) are considered to be filenames:
7319 B<f> I<(eval 7)> and B<f> I<eval 7\\b> access the body of the 7th eval
7320 (in the order of execution).
7321B</>I<pattern>B</> Search forwards for I<pattern>; final B</> is optional.
7322B<?>I<pattern>B<?> Search backwards for I<pattern>; final B<?> is optional.
7323B<L> List all breakpoints and actions.
7324B<S> [[B<!>]I<pattern>] List subroutine names [not] matching I<pattern>.
7325B<t> Toggle trace mode.
7326B<t> I<expr> Trace through execution of I<expr>.
7327B<b> [I<line>] [I<condition>]
7328 Set breakpoint; I<line> defaults to the current execution line;
7329 I<condition> breaks if it evaluates to true, defaults to '1'.
7330B<b> I<subname> [I<condition>]
7331 Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine.
7332B<b> I<\$var> Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine referenced by I<\$var>.
7333B<b> B<load> I<filename> Set breakpoint on `require'ing the given file.
7334B<b> B<postpone> I<subname> [I<condition>]
7335 Set breakpoint at first line of subroutine after
7336 it is compiled.
7337B<b> B<compile> I<subname>
7338 Stop after the subroutine is compiled.
7339B<d> [I<line>] Delete the breakpoint for I<line>.
7340B<D> Delete all breakpoints.
7341B<a> [I<line>] I<command>
7342 Set an action to be done before the I<line> is executed;
7343 I<line> defaults to the current execution line.
7344 Sequence is: check for breakpoint/watchpoint, print line
7345 if necessary, do action, prompt user if necessary,
7346 execute line.
7347B<a> [I<line>] Delete the action for I<line>.
7348B<A> Delete all actions.
7349B<W> I<expr> Add a global watch-expression.
7350B<W> Delete all watch-expressions.
7351B<V> [I<pkg> [I<vars>]] List some (default all) variables in package (default current).
7352 Use B<~>I<pattern> and B<!>I<pattern> for positive and negative regexps.
7353B<X> [I<vars>] Same as \"B<V> I<currentpackage> [I<vars>]\".
7354B<x> I<expr> Evals expression in list context, dumps the result.
7355B<m> I<expr> Evals expression in list context, prints methods callable
7356 on the first element of the result.
7357B<m> I<class> Prints methods callable via the given class.
7358
7359B<<> ? List Perl commands to run before each prompt.
7360B<<> I<expr> Define Perl command to run before each prompt.
7361B<<<> I<expr> Add to the list of Perl commands to run before each prompt.
7362B<>> ? List Perl commands to run after each prompt.
7363B<>> I<expr> Define Perl command to run after each prompt.
7364B<>>B<>> I<expr> Add to the list of Perl commands to run after each prompt.
7365B<{> I<db_command> Define debugger command to run before each prompt.
7366B<{> ? List debugger commands to run before each prompt.
7367B<{{> I<db_command> Add to the list of debugger commands to run before each prompt.
7368B<$prc> I<number> Redo a previous command (default previous command).
7369B<$prc> I<-number> Redo number'th-to-last command.
7370B<$prc> I<pattern> Redo last command that started with I<pattern>.
7371 See 'B<O> I<recallCommand>' too.
7372B<$psh$psh> I<cmd> Run cmd in a subprocess (reads from DB::IN, writes to DB::OUT)"
7373 . (
7374 $rc eq $sh
7375 ? ""
7376 : "
7377B<$psh> [I<cmd>] Run I<cmd> in subshell (forces \"\$SHELL -c 'cmd'\")."
7378 ) . "
7379 See 'B<O> I<shellBang>' too.
7380B<source> I<file> Execute I<file> containing debugger commands (may nest).
7381B<H> I<-number> Display last number commands (default all).
7382B<p> I<expr> Same as \"I<print {DB::OUT} expr>\" in current package.
7383B<|>I<dbcmd> Run debugger command, piping DB::OUT to current pager.
7384B<||>I<dbcmd> Same as B<|>I<dbcmd> but DB::OUT is temporarilly select()ed as well.
7385B<\=> [I<alias> I<value>] Define a command alias, or list current aliases.
7386I<command> Execute as a perl statement in current package.
7387B<v> Show versions of loaded modules.
7388B<R> Pure-man-restart of debugger, some of debugger state
7389 and command-line options may be lost.
7390 Currently the following settings are preserved:
7391 history, breakpoints and actions, debugger B<O>ptions
7392 and the following command-line options: I<-w>, I<-I>, I<-e>.
7393
7394B<O> [I<opt>] ... Set boolean option to true
7395B<O> [I<opt>B<?>] Query options
7396B<O> [I<opt>B<=>I<val>] [I<opt>=B<\">I<val>B<\">] ...
7397 Set options. Use quotes if spaces in value.
7398 I<recallCommand>, I<ShellBang> chars used to recall command or spawn shell;
7399 I<pager> program for output of \"|cmd\";
7400 I<tkRunning> run Tk while prompting (with ReadLine);
7401 I<signalLevel> I<warnLevel> I<dieLevel> level of verbosity;
7402 I<inhibit_exit> Allows stepping off the end of the script.
7403 I<ImmediateStop> Debugger should stop as early as possible.
7404 I<RemotePort> Remote hostname:port for remote debugging
7405 The following options affect what happens with B<V>, B<X>, and B<x> commands:
7406 I<arrayDepth>, I<hashDepth> print only first N elements ('' for all);
7407 I<compactDump>, I<veryCompact> change style of array and hash dump;
7408 I<globPrint> whether to print contents of globs;
7409 I<DumpDBFiles> dump arrays holding debugged files;
7410 I<DumpPackages> dump symbol tables of packages;
7411 I<DumpReused> dump contents of \"reused\" addresses;
7412 I<quote>, I<HighBit>, I<undefPrint> change style of string dump;
7413 I<bareStringify> Do not print the overload-stringified value;
7414 Other options include:
7415 I<PrintRet> affects printing of return value after B<r> command,
7416 I<frame> affects printing messages on subroutine entry/exit.
7417 I<AutoTrace> affects printing messages on possible breaking points.
7418 I<maxTraceLen> gives max length of evals/args listed in stack trace.
7419 I<ornaments> affects screen appearance of the command line.
7420 I<CreateTTY> bits control attempts to create a new TTY on events:
7421 1: on fork() 2: debugger is started inside debugger
7422 4: on startup
7423 During startup options are initialized from \$ENV{PERLDB_OPTS}.
7424 You can put additional initialization options I<TTY>, I<noTTY>,
7425 I<ReadLine>, I<NonStop>, and I<RemotePort> there (or use
7426 `B<R>' after you set them).
7427
7428B<q> or B<^D> Quit. Set B<\$DB::finished = 0> to debug global destruction.
7429B<h> [I<db_command>] Get help [on a specific debugger command], enter B<|h> to page.
7430B<h h> Summary of debugger commands.
7431B<$doccmd> I<manpage> Runs the external doc viewer B<$doccmd> command on the
7432 named Perl I<manpage>, or on B<$doccmd> itself if omitted.
7433 Set B<\$DB::doccmd> to change viewer.
7434
7435Type `|h' for a paged display if this was too hard to read.
7436
7437"; # Fix balance of vi % matching: }}}}
7438
7439 # note: tabs in the following section are not-so-helpful
7440 $pre580_summary = <<"END_SUM";
7441I<List/search source lines:> I<Control script execution:>
7442 B<l> [I<ln>|I<sub>] List source code B<T> Stack trace
7443 B<-> or B<.> List previous/current line B<s> [I<expr>] Single step [in expr]
7444 B<w> [I<line>] List around line B<n> [I<expr>] Next, steps over subs
7445 B<f> I<filename> View source in file <B<CR>/B<Enter>> Repeat last B<n> or B<s>
7446 B</>I<pattern>B</> B<?>I<patt>B<?> Search forw/backw B<r> Return from subroutine
7447 B<v> Show versions of modules B<c> [I<ln>|I<sub>] Continue until position
7448I<Debugger controls:> B<L> List break/watch/actions
7449 B<O> [...] Set debugger options B<t> [I<expr>] Toggle trace [trace expr]
7450 B<<>[B<<>]|B<{>[B<{>]|B<>>[B<>>] [I<cmd>] Do pre/post-prompt B<b> [I<ln>|I<event>|I<sub>] [I<cnd>] Set breakpoint
7451 B<$prc> [I<N>|I<pat>] Redo a previous command B<d> [I<ln>] or B<D> Delete a/all breakpoints
7452 B<H> [I<-num>] Display last num commands B<a> [I<ln>] I<cmd> Do cmd before line
7453 B<=> [I<a> I<val>] Define/list an alias B<W> I<expr> Add a watch expression
7454 B<h> [I<db_cmd>] Get help on command B<A> or B<W> Delete all actions/watch
7455 B<|>[B<|>]I<db_cmd> Send output to pager B<$psh>\[B<$psh>\] I<syscmd> Run cmd in a subprocess
7456 B<q> or B<^D> Quit B<R> Attempt a restart
7457I<Data Examination:> B<expr> Execute perl code, also see: B<s>,B<n>,B<t> I<expr>
7458 B<x>|B<m> I<expr> Evals expr in list context, dumps the result or lists methods.
7459 B<p> I<expr> Print expression (uses script's current package).
7460 B<S> [[B<!>]I<pat>] List subroutine names [not] matching pattern
7461 B<V> [I<Pk> [I<Vars>]] List Variables in Package. Vars can be ~pattern or !pattern.
7462 B<X> [I<Vars>] Same as \"B<V> I<current_package> [I<Vars>]\".
7463 B<y> [I<n> [I<Vars>]] List lexicals in higher scope <n>. Vars same as B<V>.
7464For more help, type B<h> I<cmd_letter>, or run B<$doccmd perldebug> for all docs.
7465END_SUM
7466
7467 # ')}}; # Fix balance of vi % matching
7468
7469} ## end sub sethelp
7470
7471=head2 C<print_help()>
7472
7473Most of what C<print_help> does is just text formatting. It finds the
7474C<B> and C<I> ornaments, cleans them off, and substitutes the proper
7475terminal control characters to simulate them (courtesy of
7476C<Term::ReadLine::TermCap>).
7477
7478=cut
7479
7480sub print_help {
7481 local $_ = shift;
7482
7483 # Restore proper alignment destroyed by eeevil I<> and B<>
7484 # ornaments: A pox on both their houses!
7485 #
7486 # A help command will have everything up to and including
7487 # the first tab sequence padded into a field 16 (or if indented 20)
7488 # wide. If it's wider than that, an extra space will be added.
7489 s{
7490 ^ # only matters at start of line
7491 ( \040{4} | \t )* # some subcommands are indented
7492 ( < ? # so <CR> works
7493 [BI] < [^\t\n] + ) # find an eeevil ornament
7494 ( \t+ ) # original separation, discarded
7495 ( .* ) # this will now start (no earlier) than
7496 # column 16
7497 } {
7498 my($leadwhite, $command, $midwhite, $text) = ($1, $2, $3, $4);
7499 my $clean = $command;
7500 $clean =~ s/[BI]<([^>]*)>/$1/g;
7501
7502 # replace with this whole string:
7503 ($leadwhite ? " " x 4 : "")
7504 . $command
7505 . ((" " x (16 + ($leadwhite ? 4 : 0) - length($clean))) || " ")
7506 . $text;
7507
7508 }mgex;
7509
7510 s{ # handle bold ornaments
7511 B < ( [^>] + | > ) >
7512 } {
7513 $Term::ReadLine::TermCap::rl_term_set[2]
7514 . $1
7515 . $Term::ReadLine::TermCap::rl_term_set[3]
7516 }gex;
7517
7518 s{ # handle italic ornaments
7519 I < ( [^>] + | > ) >
7520 } {
7521 $Term::ReadLine::TermCap::rl_term_set[0]
7522 . $1
7523 . $Term::ReadLine::TermCap::rl_term_set[1]
7524 }gex;
7525
7526 local $\ = '';
7527 print $OUT $_;
7528} ## end sub print_help
7529
7530=head2 C<fix_less>
7531
7532This routine does a lot of gyrations to be sure that the pager is C<less>.
7533It checks for C<less> masquerading as C<more> and records the result in
7534C<$ENV{LESS}> so we don't have to go through doing the stats again.
7535
7536=cut
7537
7538sub fix_less {
7539
7540 # We already know if this is set.
7541 return if defined $ENV{LESS} && $ENV{LESS} =~ /r/;
7542
7543 # Pager is less for sure.
7544 my $is_less = $pager =~ /\bless\b/;
7545 if ( $pager =~ /\bmore\b/ ) {
7546
7547 # Nope, set to more. See what's out there.
7548 my @st_more = stat('/usr/bin/more');
7549 my @st_less = stat('/usr/bin/less');
7550
7551 # is it really less, pretending to be more?
7552 $is_less = @st_more
7553 && @st_less
7554 && $st_more[0] == $st_less[0]
7555 && $st_more[1] == $st_less[1];
7556 } ## end if ($pager =~ /\bmore\b/)
7557
7558 # changes environment!
7559 # 'r' added so we don't do (slow) stats again.
7560 $ENV{LESS} .= 'r' if $is_less;
7561} ## end sub fix_less
7562
7563=head1 DIE AND WARN MANAGEMENT
7564
7565=head2 C<diesignal>
7566
7567C<diesignal> is a just-drop-dead C<die> handler. It's most useful when trying
7568to debug a debugger problem.
7569
7570It does its best to report the error that occurred, and then forces the
7571program, debugger, and everything to die.
7572
7573=cut
7574
7575sub diesignal {
7576
7577 # No entry/exit messages.
7578 local $frame = 0;
7579
7580 # No return value prints.
7581 local $doret = -2;
7582
7583 # set the abort signal handling to the default (just terminate).
7584 $SIG{'ABRT'} = 'DEFAULT';
7585
7586 # If we enter the signal handler recursively, kill myself with an
7587 # abort signal (so we just terminate).
7588 kill 'ABRT', $$ if $panic++;
7589
7590 # If we can show detailed info, do so.
7591 if ( defined &Carp::longmess ) {
7592
7593 # Don't recursively enter the warn handler, since we're carping.
7594 local $SIG{__WARN__} = '';
7595
7596 # Skip two levels before reporting traceback: we're skipping
7597 # mydie and confess.
7598 local $Carp::CarpLevel = 2; # mydie + confess
7599
7600 # Tell us all about it.
7601 &warn( Carp::longmess("Signal @_") );
7602 }
7603
7604 # No Carp. Tell us about the signal as best we can.
7605 else {
7606 local $\ = '';
7607 print $DB::OUT "Got signal @_\n";
7608 }
7609
7610 # Drop dead.
7611 kill 'ABRT', $$;
7612} ## end sub diesignal
7613
7614=head2 C<dbwarn>
7615
7616The debugger's own default C<$SIG{__WARN__}> handler. We load C<Carp> to
7617be able to get a stack trace, and output the warning message vi C<DB::dbwarn()>.
7618
7619=cut
7620
7621sub dbwarn {
7622
7623 # No entry/exit trace.
7624 local $frame = 0;
7625
7626 # No return value printing.
7627 local $doret = -2;
7628
7629 # Turn off warn and die handling to prevent recursive entries to this
7630 # routine.
7631 local $SIG{__WARN__} = '';
7632 local $SIG{__DIE__} = '';
7633
7634 # Load Carp if we can. If $^S is false (current thing being compiled isn't
7635 # done yet), we may not be able to do a require.
7636 eval { require Carp }
7637 if defined $^S; # If error/warning during compilation,
7638 # require may be broken.
7639
7640 # Use the core warn() unless Carp loaded OK.
7641 CORE::warn( @_,
7642 "\nCannot print stack trace, load with -MCarp option to see stack" ),
7643 return
7644 unless defined &Carp::longmess;
7645
7646 # Save the current values of $single and $trace, and then turn them off.
7647 my ( $mysingle, $mytrace ) = ( $single, $trace );
7648 $single = 0;
7649 $trace = 0;
7650
7651 # We can call Carp::longmess without its being "debugged" (which we
7652 # don't want - we just want to use it!). Capture this for later.
7653 my $mess = Carp::longmess(@_);
7654
7655 # Restore $single and $trace to their original values.
7656 ( $single, $trace ) = ( $mysingle, $mytrace );
7657
7658 # Use the debugger's own special way of printing warnings to print
7659 # the stack trace message.
7660 &warn($mess);
7661} ## end sub dbwarn
7662
7663=head2 C<dbdie>
7664
7665The debugger's own C<$SIG{__DIE__}> handler. Handles providing a stack trace
7666by loading C<Carp> and calling C<Carp::longmess()> to get it. We turn off
7667single stepping and tracing during the call to C<Carp::longmess> to avoid
7668debugging it - we just want to use it.
7669
7670If C<dieLevel> is zero, we let the program being debugged handle the
7671exceptions. If it's 1, you get backtraces for any exception. If it's 2,
7672the debugger takes over all exception handling, printing a backtrace and
7673displaying the exception via its C<dbwarn()> routine.
7674
7675=cut
7676
7677sub dbdie {
7678 local $frame = 0;
7679 local $doret = -2;
7680 local $SIG{__DIE__} = '';
7681 local $SIG{__WARN__} = '';
7682 my $i = 0;
7683 my $ineval = 0;
7684 my $sub;
7685 if ( $dieLevel > 2 ) {
7686 local $SIG{__WARN__} = \&dbwarn;
7687 &warn(@_); # Yell no matter what
7688 return;
7689 }
7690 if ( $dieLevel < 2 ) {
7691 die @_ if $^S; # in eval propagate
7692 }
7693
7694 # The code used to check $^S to see if compiliation of the current thing
7695 # hadn't finished. We don't do it anymore, figuring eval is pretty stable.
7696 eval { require Carp };
7697
7698 die( @_,
7699 "\nCannot print stack trace, load with -MCarp option to see stack" )
7700 unless defined &Carp::longmess;
7701
7702 # We do not want to debug this chunk (automatic disabling works
7703 # inside DB::DB, but not in Carp). Save $single and $trace, turn them off,
7704 # get the stack trace from Carp::longmess (if possible), restore $signal
7705 # and $trace, and then die with the stack trace.
7706 my ( $mysingle, $mytrace ) = ( $single, $trace );
7707 $single = 0;
7708 $trace = 0;
7709 my $mess = "@_";
7710 {
7711
7712 package Carp; # Do not include us in the list
7713 eval { $mess = Carp::longmess(@_); };
7714 }
7715 ( $single, $trace ) = ( $mysingle, $mytrace );
7716 die $mess;
7717} ## end sub dbdie
7718
7719=head2 C<warnlevel()>
7720
7721Set the C<$DB::warnLevel> variable that stores the value of the
7722C<warnLevel> option. Calling C<warnLevel()> with a positive value
7723results in the debugger taking over all warning handlers. Setting
7724C<warnLevel> to zero leaves any warning handlers set up by the program
7725being debugged in place.
7726
7727=cut
7728
7729sub warnLevel {
7730 if (@_) {
7731 $prevwarn = $SIG{__WARN__} unless $warnLevel;
7732 $warnLevel = shift;
7733 if ($warnLevel) {
7734 $SIG{__WARN__} = \&DB::dbwarn;
7735 }
7736 elsif ($prevwarn) {
7737 $SIG{__WARN__} = $prevwarn;
7738 }
7739 } ## end if (@_)
7740 $warnLevel;
7741} ## end sub warnLevel
7742
7743=head2 C<dielevel>
7744
7745Similar to C<warnLevel>. Non-zero values for C<dieLevel> result in the
7746C<DB::dbdie()> function overriding any other C<die()> handler. Setting it to
7747zero lets you use your own C<die()> handler.
7748
7749=cut
7750
7751sub dieLevel {
7752 local $\ = '';
7753 if (@_) {
7754 $prevdie = $SIG{__DIE__} unless $dieLevel;
7755 $dieLevel = shift;
7756 if ($dieLevel) {
7757
7758 # Always set it to dbdie() for non-zero values.
7759 $SIG{__DIE__} = \&DB::dbdie; # if $dieLevel < 2;
7760
7761 # No longer exists, so don't try to use it.
7762 #$SIG{__DIE__} = \&DB::diehard if $dieLevel >= 2;
7763
7764 # If we've finished initialization, mention that stack dumps
7765 # are enabled, If dieLevel is 1, we won't stack dump if we die
7766 # in an eval().
7767 print $OUT "Stack dump during die enabled",
7768 ( $dieLevel == 1 ? " outside of evals" : "" ), ".\n"
7769 if $I_m_init;
7770
7771 # XXX This is probably obsolete, given that diehard() is gone.
7772 print $OUT "Dump printed too.\n" if $dieLevel > 2;
7773 } ## end if ($dieLevel)
7774
7775 # Put the old one back if there was one.
7776 elsif ($prevdie) {
7777 $SIG{__DIE__} = $prevdie;
7778 print $OUT "Default die handler restored.\n";
7779 }
7780 } ## end if (@_)
7781 $dieLevel;
7782} ## end sub dieLevel
7783
7784=head2 C<signalLevel>
7785
7786Number three in a series: set C<signalLevel> to zero to keep your own
7787signal handler for C<SIGSEGV> and/or C<SIGBUS>. Otherwise, the debugger
7788takes over and handles them with C<DB::diesignal()>.
7789
7790=cut
7791
7792sub signalLevel {
7793 if (@_) {
7794 $prevsegv = $SIG{SEGV} unless $signalLevel;
7795 $prevbus = $SIG{BUS} unless $signalLevel;
7796 $signalLevel = shift;
7797 if ($signalLevel) {
7798 $SIG{SEGV} = \&DB::diesignal;
7799 $SIG{BUS} = \&DB::diesignal;
7800 }
7801 else {
7802 $SIG{SEGV} = $prevsegv;
7803 $SIG{BUS} = $prevbus;
7804 }
7805 } ## end if (@_)
7806 $signalLevel;
7807} ## end sub signalLevel
7808
7809=head1 SUBROUTINE DECODING SUPPORT
7810
7811These subroutines are used during the C<x> and C<X> commands to try to
7812produce as much information as possible about a code reference. They use
7813L<Devel::Peek> to try to find the glob in which this code reference lives
7814(if it does) - this allows us to actually code references which correspond
7815to named subroutines (including those aliased via glob assignment).
7816
7817=head2 C<CvGV_name()>
7818
7819Wrapper for C<CvGV_name_or_bust>; tries to get the name of a reference
7820via that routine. If this fails, return the reference again (when the
7821reference is stringified, it'll come out as C<SOMETHING(0x...)>).
7822
7823=cut
7824
7825sub CvGV_name {
7826 my $in = shift;
7827 my $name = CvGV_name_or_bust($in);
7828 defined $name ? $name : $in;
7829}
7830
7831=head2 C<CvGV_name_or_bust> I<coderef>
7832
7833Calls L<Devel::Peek> to try to find the glob the ref lives in; returns
7834C<undef> if L<Devel::Peek> can't be loaded, or if C<Devel::Peek::CvGV> can't
7835find a glob for this ref.
7836
7837Returns C<< I<package>::I<glob name> >> if the code ref is found in a glob.
7838
7839=cut
7840
7841sub CvGV_name_or_bust {
7842 my $in = shift;
7843 return if $skipCvGV; # Backdoor to avoid problems if XS broken...
7844 return unless ref $in;
7845 $in = \&$in; # Hard reference...
7846 eval { require Devel::Peek; 1 } or return;
7847 my $gv = Devel::Peek::CvGV($in) or return;
7848 *$gv{PACKAGE} . '::' . *$gv{NAME};
7849} ## end sub CvGV_name_or_bust
7850
7851=head2 C<find_sub>
7852
7853A utility routine used in various places; finds the file where a subroutine
7854was defined, and returns that filename and a line-number range.
7855
7856Tries to use C<@sub> first; if it can't find it there, it tries building a
7857reference to the subroutine and uses C<CvGV_name_or_bust> to locate it,
7858loading it into C<@sub> as a side effect (XXX I think). If it can't find it
7859this way, it brute-force searches C<%sub>, checking for identical references.
7860
7861=cut
7862
7863sub find_sub {
7864 my $subr = shift;
7865 $sub{$subr} or do {
7866 return unless defined &$subr;
7867 my $name = CvGV_name_or_bust($subr);
7868 my $data;
7869 $data = $sub{$name} if defined $name;
7870 return $data if defined $data;
7871
7872 # Old stupid way...
7873 $subr = \&$subr; # Hard reference
7874 my $s;
7875 for ( keys %sub ) {
7876 $s = $_, last if $subr eq \&$_;
7877 }
7878 $sub{$s} if $s;
7879 } ## end do
7880} ## end sub find_sub
7881
7882=head2 C<methods>
7883
7884A subroutine that uses the utility function C<methods_via> to find all the
7885methods in the class corresponding to the current reference and in
7886C<UNIVERSAL>.
7887
7888=cut
7889
7890sub methods {
7891
7892 # Figure out the class - either this is the class or it's a reference
7893 # to something blessed into that class.
7894 my $class = shift;
7895 $class = ref $class if ref $class;
7896
7897 local %seen;
7898
7899 # Show the methods that this class has.
7900 methods_via( $class, '', 1 );
7901
7902 # Show the methods that UNIVERSAL has.
7903 methods_via( 'UNIVERSAL', 'UNIVERSAL', 0 );
7904} ## end sub methods
7905
7906=head2 C<methods_via($class, $prefix, $crawl_upward)>
7907
7908C<methods_via> does the work of crawling up the C<@ISA> tree and reporting
7909all the parent class methods. C<$class> is the name of the next class to
7910try; C<$prefix> is the message prefix, which gets built up as we go up the
7911C<@ISA> tree to show parentage; C<$crawl_upward> is 1 if we should try to go
7912higher in the C<@ISA> tree, 0 if we should stop.
7913
7914=cut
7915
7916sub methods_via {
7917
7918 # If we've processed this class already, just quit.
7919 my $class = shift;
7920 return if $seen{$class}++;
7921
7922 # This is a package that is contributing the methods we're about to print.
7923 my $prefix = shift;
7924 my $prepend = $prefix ? "via $prefix: " : '';
7925
7926 my $name;
7927 for $name (
7928
7929 # Keep if this is a defined subroutine in this class.
7930 grep { defined &{ ${"${class}::"}{$_} } }
7931
7932 # Extract from all the symbols in this class.
7933 sort keys %{"${class}::"}
7934 )
7935 {
7936
7937 # If we printed this already, skip it.
7938 next if $seen{$name}++;
7939
7940 # Print the new method name.
7941 local $\ = '';
7942 local $, = '';
7943 print $DB::OUT "$prepend$name\n";
7944 } ## end for $name (grep { defined...
7945
7946 # If the $crawl_upward argument is false, just quit here.
7947 return unless shift;
7948
7949 # $crawl_upward true: keep going up the tree.
7950 # Find all the classes this one is a subclass of.
7951 for $name ( @{"${class}::ISA"} ) {
7952
7953 # Set up the new prefix.
7954 $prepend = $prefix ? $prefix . " -> $name" : $name;
7955
7956 # Crawl up the tree and keep trying to crawl up.
7957 methods_via( $name, $prepend, 1 );
7958 }
7959} ## end sub methods_via
7960
7961=head2 C<setman> - figure out which command to use to show documentation
7962
7963Just checks the contents of C<$^O> and sets the C<$doccmd> global accordingly.
7964
7965=cut
7966
7967sub setman {
7968 $doccmd = $^O !~ /^(?:MSWin32|VMS|os2|dos|amigaos|riscos|MacOS|NetWare)\z/s
7969 ? "man" # O Happy Day!
7970 : "perldoc"; # Alas, poor unfortunates
7971} ## end sub setman
7972
7973=head2 C<runman> - run the appropriate command to show documentation
7974
7975Accepts a man page name; runs the appropriate command to display it (set up
7976during debugger initialization). Uses C<DB::system> to avoid mucking up the
7977program's STDIN and STDOUT.
7978
7979=cut
7980
7981sub runman {
7982 my $page = shift;
7983 unless ($page) {
7984 &system("$doccmd $doccmd");
7985 return;
7986 }
7987
7988 # this way user can override, like with $doccmd="man -Mwhatever"
7989 # or even just "man " to disable the path check.
7990 unless ( $doccmd eq 'man' ) {
7991 &system("$doccmd $page");
7992 return;
7993 }
7994
7995 $page = 'perl' if lc($page) eq 'help';
7996
7997 require Config;
7998 my $man1dir = $Config::Config{'man1dir'};
7999 my $man3dir = $Config::Config{'man3dir'};
8000 for ( $man1dir, $man3dir ) { s#/[^/]*\z## if /\S/ }
8001 my $manpath = '';
8002 $manpath .= "$man1dir:" if $man1dir =~ /\S/;
8003 $manpath .= "$man3dir:" if $man3dir =~ /\S/ && $man1dir ne $man3dir;
8004 chop $manpath if $manpath;
8005
8006 # harmless if missing, I figure
8007 my $oldpath = $ENV{MANPATH};
8008 $ENV{MANPATH} = $manpath if $manpath;
8009 my $nopathopt = $^O =~ /dunno what goes here/;
8010 if (
8011 CORE::system(
8012 $doccmd,
8013
8014 # I just *know* there are men without -M
8015 ( ( $manpath && !$nopathopt ) ? ( "-M", $manpath ) : () ),
8016 split ' ', $page
8017 )
8018 )
8019 {
8020 unless ( $page =~ /^perl\w/ ) {
8021# do it this way because its easier to slurp in to keep up to date - clunky though.
8022my @pods = qw(
8023 5004delta
8024 5005delta
8025 561delta
8026 56delta
8027 570delta
8028 571delta
8029 572delta
8030 573delta
8031 58delta
8032 581delta
8033 582delta
8034 583delta
8035 584delta
8036 590delta
8037 591delta
8038 592delta
8039 aix
8040 amiga
8041 apio
8042 api
8043 apollo
8044 artistic
8045 beos
8046 book
8047 boot
8048 bot
8049 bs2000
8050 call
8051 ce
8052 cheat
8053 clib
8054 cn
8055 compile
8056 cygwin
8057 data
8058 dbmfilter
8059 debguts
8060 debtut
8061 debug
8062 delta
8063 dgux
8064 diag
8065 doc
8066 dos
8067 dsc
8068 ebcdic
8069 embed
8070 epoc
8071 faq1
8072 faq2
8073 faq3
8074 faq4
8075 faq5
8076 faq6
8077 faq7
8078 faq8
8079 faq9
8080 faq
8081 filter
8082 fork
8083 form
8084 freebsd
8085 func
8086 gpl
8087 guts
8088 hack
8089 hist
8090 hpux
8091 hurd
8092 intern
8093 intro
8094 iol
8095 ipc
8096 irix
8097 jp
8098 ko
8099 lexwarn
8100 locale
8101 lol
8102 machten
8103 macos
8104 macosx
8105 mint
8106 modinstall
8107 modlib
8108 mod
8109 modstyle
8110 mpeix
8111 netware
8112 newmod
8113 number
8114 obj
8115 opentut
8116 op
8117 os2
8118 os390
8119 os400
8120 othrtut
8121 packtut
8122 plan9
8123 pod
8124 podspec
8125 port
8126 qnx
8127 ref
8128 reftut
8129 re
8130 requick
8131 reref
8132 retut
8133 run
8134 sec
8135 solaris
8136 style
8137 sub
8138 syn
8139 thrtut
8140 tie
8141 toc
8142 todo
8143 tooc
8144 toot
8145 trap
8146 tru64
8147 tw
8148 unicode
8149 uniintro
8150 util
8151 uts
8152 var
8153 vmesa
8154 vms
8155 vos
8156 win32
8157 xs
8158 xstut
8159);
8160 if (grep { $page eq $_ } @pods) {
8161 $page =~ s/^/perl/;
8162 CORE::system( $doccmd,
8163 ( ( $manpath && !$nopathopt ) ? ( "-M", $manpath ) : () ),
8164 $page );
8165 } ## end if (grep { $page eq $_...
8166 } ## end unless ($page =~ /^perl\w/)
8167 } ## end if (CORE::system($doccmd...
8168 if ( defined $oldpath ) {
8169 $ENV{MANPATH} = $manpath;
8170 }
8171 else {
8172 delete $ENV{MANPATH};
8173 }
8174} ## end sub runman
8175
8176#use Carp; # This did break, left for debugging
8177
8178=head1 DEBUGGER INITIALIZATION - THE SECOND BEGIN BLOCK
8179
8180Because of the way the debugger interface to the Perl core is designed, any
8181debugger package globals that C<DB::sub()> requires have to be defined before
8182any subroutines can be called. These are defined in the second C<BEGIN> block.
8183
8184This block sets things up so that (basically) the world is sane
8185before the debugger starts executing. We set up various variables that the
8186debugger has to have set up before the Perl core starts running:
8187
8188=over 4
8189
8190=item *
8191
8192The debugger's own filehandles (copies of STD and STDOUT for now).
8193
8194=item *
8195
8196Characters for shell escapes, the recall command, and the history command.
8197
8198=item *
8199
8200The maximum recursion depth.
8201
8202=item *
8203
8204The size of a C<w> command's window.
8205
8206=item *
8207
8208The before-this-line context to be printed in a C<v> (view a window around this line) command.
8209
8210=item *
8211
8212The fact that we're not in a sub at all right now.
8213
8214=item *
8215
8216The default SIGINT handler for the debugger.
8217
8218=item *
8219
8220The appropriate value of the flag in C<$^D> that says the debugger is running
8221
8222=item *
8223
8224The current debugger recursion level
8225
8226=item *
8227
8228The list of postponed items and the C<$single> stack (XXX define this)
8229
8230=item *
8231
8232That we want no return values and no subroutine entry/exit trace.
8233
8234=back
8235
8236=cut
8237
8238# The following BEGIN is very handy if debugger goes havoc, debugging debugger?
8239
8240BEGIN { # This does not compile, alas. (XXX eh?)
8241 $IN = \*STDIN; # For bugs before DB::OUT has been opened
8242 $OUT = \*STDERR; # For errors before DB::OUT has been opened
8243
8244 # Define characters used by command parsing.
8245 $sh = '!'; # Shell escape (does not work)
8246 $rc = ','; # Recall command (does not work)
8247 @hist = ('?'); # Show history (does not work)
8248 @truehist = (); # Can be saved for replay (per session)
8249
8250 # This defines the point at which you get the 'deep recursion'
8251 # warning. It MUST be defined or the debugger will not load.
8252 $deep = 100;
8253
8254 # Number of lines around the current one that are shown in the
8255 # 'w' command.
8256 $window = 10;
8257
8258 # How much before-the-current-line context the 'v' command should
8259 # use in calculating the start of the window it will display.
8260 $preview = 3;
8261
8262 # We're not in any sub yet, but we need this to be a defined value.
8263 $sub = '';
8264
8265 # Set up the debugger's interrupt handler. It simply sets a flag
8266 # ($signal) that DB::DB() will check before each command is executed.
8267 $SIG{INT} = \&DB::catch;
8268
8269 # The following lines supposedly, if uncommented, allow the debugger to
8270 # debug itself. Perhaps we can try that someday.
8271 # This may be enabled to debug debugger:
8272 #$warnLevel = 1 unless defined $warnLevel;
8273 #$dieLevel = 1 unless defined $dieLevel;
8274 #$signalLevel = 1 unless defined $signalLevel;
8275
8276 # This is the flag that says "a debugger is running, please call
8277 # DB::DB and DB::sub". We will turn it on forcibly before we try to
8278 # execute anything in the user's context, because we always want to
8279 # get control back.
8280 $db_stop = 0; # Compiler warning ...
8281 $db_stop = 1 << 30; # ... because this is only used in an eval() later.
8282
8283 # This variable records how many levels we're nested in debugging. Used
8284 # Used in the debugger prompt, and in determining whether it's all over or
8285 # not.
8286 $level = 0; # Level of recursive debugging
8287
8288 # "Triggers bug (?) in perl if we postpone this until runtime."
8289 # XXX No details on this yet, or whether we should fix the bug instead
8290 # of work around it. Stay tuned.
8291 @postponed = @stack = (0);
8292
8293 # Used to track the current stack depth using the auto-stacked-variable
8294 # trick.
8295 $stack_depth = 0; # Localized repeatedly; simple way to track $#stack
8296
8297 # Don't print return values on exiting a subroutine.
8298 $doret = -2;
8299
8300 # No extry/exit tracing.
8301 $frame = 0;
8302
8303} ## end BEGIN
8304
8305BEGIN { $^W = $ini_warn; } # Switch warnings back
8306
8307=head1 READLINE SUPPORT - COMPLETION FUNCTION
8308
8309=head2 db_complete
8310
8311C<readline> support - adds command completion to basic C<readline>.
8312
8313Returns a list of possible completions to C<readline> when invoked. C<readline>
8314will print the longest common substring following the text already entered.
8315
8316If there is only a single possible completion, C<readline> will use it in full.
8317
8318This code uses C<map> and C<grep> heavily to create lists of possible
8319completion. Think LISP in this section.
8320
8321=cut
8322
8323sub db_complete {
8324
8325 # Specific code for b c l V m f O, &blah, $blah, @blah, %blah
8326 # $text is the text to be completed.
8327 # $line is the incoming line typed by the user.
8328 # $start is the start of the text to be completed in the incoming line.
8329 my ( $text, $line, $start ) = @_;
8330
8331 # Save the initial text.
8332 # The search pattern is current package, ::, extract the next qualifier
8333 # Prefix and pack are set to undef.
8334 my ( $itext, $search, $prefix, $pack ) =
8335 ( $text, "^\Q${'package'}::\E([^:]+)\$" );
8336
8337=head3 C<b postpone|compile>
8338
8339=over 4
8340
8341=item *
8342
8343Find all the subroutines that might match in this package
8344
8345=item *
8346
8347Add C<postpone>, C<load>, and C<compile> as possibles (we may be completing the keyword itself)
8348
8349=item *
8350
8351Include all the rest of the subs that are known
8352
8353=item *
8354
8355C<grep> out the ones that match the text we have so far
8356
8357=item *
8358
8359Return this as the list of possible completions
8360
8361=back
8362
8363=cut
8364
8365 return sort grep /^\Q$text/, ( keys %sub ),
8366 qw(postpone load compile), # subroutines
8367 ( map { /$search/ ? ($1) : () } keys %sub )
8368 if ( substr $line, 0, $start ) =~ /^\|*[blc]\s+((postpone|compile)\s+)?$/;
8369
8370=head3 C<b load>
8371
8372Get all the possible files from C<@INC> as it currently stands and
8373select the ones that match the text so far.
8374
8375=cut
8376
8377 return sort grep /^\Q$text/, values %INC # files
8378 if ( substr $line, 0, $start ) =~ /^\|*b\s+load\s+$/;
8379
8380=head3 C<V> (list variable) and C<m> (list modules)
8381
8382There are two entry points for these commands:
8383
8384=head4 Unqualified package names
8385
8386Get the top-level packages and grab everything that matches the text
8387so far. For each match, recursively complete the partial packages to
8388get all possible matching packages. Return this sorted list.
8389
8390=cut
8391
8392 return sort map { ( $_, db_complete( $_ . "::", "V ", 2 ) ) }
8393 grep /^\Q$text/, map { /^(.*)::$/ ? ($1) : () } keys %:: # top-packages
8394 if ( substr $line, 0, $start ) =~ /^\|*[Vm]\s+$/ and $text =~ /^\w*$/;
8395
8396=head4 Qualified package names
8397
8398Take a partially-qualified package and find all subpackages for it
8399by getting all the subpackages for the package so far, matching all
8400the subpackages against the text, and discarding all of them which
8401start with 'main::'. Return this list.
8402
8403=cut
8404
8405 return sort map { ( $_, db_complete( $_ . "::", "V ", 2 ) ) }
8406 grep !/^main::/, grep /^\Q$text/,
8407 map { /^(.*)::$/ ? ( $prefix . "::$1" ) : () } keys %{ $prefix . '::' }
8408 if ( substr $line, 0, $start ) =~ /^\|*[Vm]\s+$/
8409 and $text =~ /^(.*[^:])::?(\w*)$/
8410 and $prefix = $1;
8411
8412=head3 C<f> - switch files
8413
8414Here, we want to get a fully-qualified filename for the C<f> command.
8415Possibilities are:
8416
8417=over 4
8418
8419=item 1. The original source file itself
8420
8421=item 2. A file from C<@INC>
8422
8423=item 3. An C<eval> (the debugger gets a C<(eval N)> fake file for each C<eval>).
8424
8425=back
8426
8427=cut
8428
8429 if ( $line =~ /^\|*f\s+(.*)/ ) { # Loaded files
8430 # We might possibly want to switch to an eval (which has a "filename"
8431 # like '(eval 9)'), so we may need to clean up the completion text
8432 # before proceeding.
8433 $prefix = length($1) - length($text);
8434 $text = $1;
8435
8436=pod
8437
8438Under the debugger, source files are represented as C<_E<lt>/fullpath/to/file>
8439(C<eval>s are C<_E<lt>(eval NNN)>) keys in C<%main::>. We pull all of these
8440out of C<%main::>, add the initial source file, and extract the ones that
8441match the completion text so far.
8442
8443=cut
8444
8445 return sort
8446 map { substr $_, 2 + $prefix } grep /^_<\Q$text/, ( keys %main:: ),
8447 $0;
8448 } ## end if ($line =~ /^\|*f\s+(.*)/)
8449
8450=head3 Subroutine name completion
8451
8452We look through all of the defined subs (the keys of C<%sub>) and
8453return both all the possible matches to the subroutine name plus
8454all the matches qualified to the current package.
8455
8456=cut
8457
8458 if ( ( substr $text, 0, 1 ) eq '&' ) { # subroutines
8459 $text = substr $text, 1;
8460 $prefix = "&";
8461 return sort map "$prefix$_", grep /^\Q$text/, ( keys %sub ),
8462 (
8463 map { /$search/ ? ($1) : () }
8464 keys %sub
8465 );
8466 } ## end if ((substr $text, 0, ...
8467
8468=head3 Scalar, array, and hash completion: partially qualified package
8469
8470Much like the above, except we have to do a little more cleanup:
8471
8472=cut
8473
8474 if ( $text =~ /^[\$@%](.*)::(.*)/ ) { # symbols in a package
8475
8476=pod
8477
8478=over 4
8479
8480=item *
8481
8482Determine the package that the symbol is in. Put it in C<::> (effectively C<main::>) if no package is specified.
8483
8484=cut
8485
8486 $pack = ( $1 eq 'main' ? '' : $1 ) . '::';
8487
8488=pod
8489
8490=item *
8491
8492Figure out the prefix vs. what needs completing.
8493
8494=cut
8495
8496 $prefix = ( substr $text, 0, 1 ) . $1 . '::';
8497 $text = $2;
8498
8499=pod
8500
8501=item *
8502
8503Look through all the symbols in the package. C<grep> out all the possible hashes/arrays/scalars, and then C<grep> the possible matches out of those. C<map> the prefix onto all the possibilities.
8504
8505=cut
8506
8507 my @out = map "$prefix$_", grep /^\Q$text/, grep /^_?[a-zA-Z]/,
8508 keys %$pack;
8509
8510=pod
8511
8512=item *
8513
8514If there's only one hit, and it's a package qualifier, and it's not equal to the initial text, re-complete it using the symbol we actually found.
8515
8516=cut
8517
8518 if ( @out == 1 and $out[0] =~ /::$/ and $out[0] ne $itext ) {
8519 return db_complete( $out[0], $line, $start );
8520 }
8521
8522 # Return the list of possibles.
8523 return sort @out;
8524
8525 } ## end if ($text =~ /^[\$@%](.*)::(.*)/)
8526
8527=pod
8528
8529=back
8530
8531=head3 Symbol completion: current package or package C<main>.
8532
8533=cut
8534
8535 if ( $text =~ /^[\$@%]/ ) { # symbols (in $package + packages in main)
8536
8537=pod
8538
8539=over 4
8540
8541=item *
8542
8543If it's C<main>, delete main to just get C<::> leading.
8544
8545=cut
8546
8547 $pack = ( $package eq 'main' ? '' : $package ) . '::';
8548
8549=pod
8550
8551=item *
8552
8553We set the prefix to the item's sigil, and trim off the sigil to get the text to be completed.
8554
8555=cut
8556
8557 $prefix = substr $text, 0, 1;
8558 $text = substr $text, 1;
8559
8560=pod
8561
8562=item *
8563
8564If the package is C<::> (C<main>), create an empty list; if it's something else, create a list of all the packages known. Append whichever list to a list of all the possible symbols in the current package. C<grep> out the matches to the text entered so far, then C<map> the prefix back onto the symbols.
8565
8566=cut
8567
8568 my @out = map "$prefix$_", grep /^\Q$text/,
8569 ( grep /^_?[a-zA-Z]/, keys %$pack ),
8570 ( $pack eq '::' ? () : ( grep /::$/, keys %:: ) );
8571
8572=item *
8573
8574If there's only one hit, it's a package qualifier, and it's not equal to the initial text, recomplete using this symbol.
8575
8576=back
8577
8578=cut
8579
8580 if ( @out == 1 and $out[0] =~ /::$/ and $out[0] ne $itext ) {
8581 return db_complete( $out[0], $line, $start );
8582 }
8583
8584 # Return the list of possibles.
8585 return sort @out;
8586 } ## end if ($text =~ /^[\$@%]/)
8587
8588=head3 Options
8589
8590We use C<option_val()> to look up the current value of the option. If there's
8591only a single value, we complete the command in such a way that it is a
8592complete command for setting the option in question. If there are multiple
8593possible values, we generate a command consisting of the option plus a trailing
8594question mark, which, if executed, will list the current value of the option.
8595
8596=cut
8597
8598 if ( ( substr $line, 0, $start ) =~ /^\|*[oO]\b.*\s$/ )
8599 { # Options after space
8600 # We look for the text to be matched in the list of possible options,
8601 # and fetch the current value.
8602 my @out = grep /^\Q$text/, @options;
8603 my $val = option_val( $out[0], undef );
8604
8605 # Set up a 'query option's value' command.
8606 my $out = '? ';
8607 if ( not defined $val or $val =~ /[\n\r]/ ) {
8608
8609 # There's really nothing else we can do.
8610 }
8611
8612 # We have a value. Create a proper option-setting command.
8613 elsif ( $val =~ /\s/ ) {
8614
8615 # XXX This may be an extraneous variable.
8616 my $found;
8617
8618 # We'll want to quote the string (because of the embedded
8619 # whtespace), but we want to make sure we don't end up with
8620 # mismatched quote characters. We try several possibilities.
8621 foreach $l ( split //, qq/\"\'\#\|/ ) {
8622
8623 # If we didn't find this quote character in the value,
8624 # quote it using this quote character.
8625 $out = "$l$val$l ", last if ( index $val, $l ) == -1;
8626 }
8627 } ## end elsif ($val =~ /\s/)
8628
8629 # Don't need any quotes.
8630 else {
8631 $out = "=$val ";
8632 }
8633
8634 # If there were multiple possible values, return '? ', which
8635 # makes the command into a query command. If there was just one,
8636 # have readline append that.
8637 $rl_attribs->{completer_terminator_character} =
8638 ( @out == 1 ? $out : '? ' );
8639
8640 # Return list of possibilities.
8641 return sort @out;
8642 } ## end if ((substr $line, 0, ...
8643
8644=head3 Filename completion
8645
8646For entering filenames. We simply call C<readline>'s C<filename_list()>
8647method with the completion text to get the possible completions.
8648
8649=cut
8650
8651 return $term->filename_list($text); # filenames
8652
8653} ## end sub db_complete
8654
8655=head1 MISCELLANEOUS SUPPORT FUNCTIONS
8656
8657Functions that possibly ought to be somewhere else.
8658
8659=head2 end_report
8660
8661Say we're done.
8662
8663=cut
8664
8665sub end_report {
8666 local $\ = '';
8667 print $OUT "Use `q' to quit or `R' to restart. `h q' for details.\n";
8668}
8669
8670=head2 clean_ENV
8671
8672If we have $ini_pids, save it in the environment; else remove it from the
8673environment. Used by the C<R> (restart) command.
8674
8675=cut
8676
8677sub clean_ENV {
8678 if ( defined($ini_pids) ) {
8679 $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} = $ini_pids;
8680 }
8681 else {
8682 delete( $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} );
8683 }
8684} ## end sub clean_ENV
8685
8686# PERLDBf_... flag names from perl.h
8687our ( %DollarCaretP_flags, %DollarCaretP_flags_r );
8688
8689BEGIN {
8690 %DollarCaretP_flags = (
8691 PERLDBf_SUB => 0x01, # Debug sub enter/exit
8692 PERLDBf_LINE => 0x02, # Keep line #
8693 PERLDBf_NOOPT => 0x04, # Switch off optimizations
8694 PERLDBf_INTER => 0x08, # Preserve more data
8695 PERLDBf_SUBLINE => 0x10, # Keep subr source lines
8696 PERLDBf_SINGLE => 0x20, # Start with single-step on
8697 PERLDBf_NONAME => 0x40, # For _SUB: no name of the subr
8698 PERLDBf_GOTO => 0x80, # Report goto: call DB::goto
8699 PERLDBf_NAMEEVAL => 0x100, # Informative names for evals
8700 PERLDBf_NAMEANON => 0x200, # Informative names for anon subs
8701 PERLDB_ALL => 0x33f, # No _NONAME, _GOTO
8702 );
8703
8704 %DollarCaretP_flags_r = reverse %DollarCaretP_flags;
8705}
8706
8707sub parse_DollarCaretP_flags {
8708 my $flags = shift;
8709 $flags =~ s/^\s+//;
8710 $flags =~ s/\s+$//;
8711 my $acu = 0;
8712 foreach my $f ( split /\s*\|\s*/, $flags ) {
8713 my $value;
8714 if ( $f =~ /^0x([[:xdigit:]]+)$/ ) {
8715 $value = hex $1;
8716 }
8717 elsif ( $f =~ /^(\d+)$/ ) {
8718 $value = int $1;
8719 }
8720 elsif ( $f =~ /^DEFAULT$/i ) {
8721 $value = $DollarCaretP_flags{PERLDB_ALL};
8722 }
8723 else {
8724 $f =~ /^(?:PERLDBf_)?(.*)$/i;
8725 $value = $DollarCaretP_flags{ 'PERLDBf_' . uc($1) };
8726 unless ( defined $value ) {
8727 print $OUT (
8728 "Unrecognized \$^P flag '$f'!\n",
8729 "Acceptable flags are: "
8730 . join( ', ', sort keys %DollarCaretP_flags ),
8731 ", and hexadecimal and decimal numbers.\n"
8732 );
8733 return undef;
8734 }
8735 }
8736 $acu |= $value;
8737 }
8738 $acu;
8739}
8740
8741sub expand_DollarCaretP_flags {
8742 my $DollarCaretP = shift;
8743 my @bits = (
8744 map {
8745 my $n = ( 1 << $_ );
8746 ( $DollarCaretP & $n )
8747 ? ( $DollarCaretP_flags_r{$n}
8748 || sprintf( '0x%x', $n ) )
8749 : ()
8750 } 0 .. 31
8751 );
8752 return @bits ? join( '|', @bits ) : 0;
8753}
8754
8755=over 4
8756
8757=item rerun
8758
8759Rerun the current session to:
8760
8761 rerun current position
8762
8763 rerun 4 command number 4
8764
8765 rerun -4 current command minus 4 (go back 4 steps)
8766
8767Whether this always makes sense, in the current context is unknowable, and is
8768in part left as a useful exersize for the reader. This sub returns the
8769appropriate arguments to rerun the current session.
8770
8771=cut
8772
8773sub rerun {
8774 my $i = shift;
8775 my @args;
8776 pop(@truehist); # strim
8777 unless (defined $truehist[$i]) {
8778 print "Unable to return to non-existent command: $i\n";
8779 } else {
8780 $#truehist = ($i < 0 ? $#truehist + $i : $i > 0 ? $i : $#truehist);
8781 my @temp = @truehist; # store
8782 push(@DB::typeahead, @truehist); # saved
8783 @truehist = @hist = (); # flush
8784 @args = &restart(); # setup
8785 &get_list("PERLDB_HIST"); # clean
8786 &set_list("PERLDB_HIST", @temp); # reset
8787 }
8788 return @args;
8789}
8790
8791=item restart
8792
8793Restarting the debugger is a complex operation that occurs in several phases.
8794First, we try to reconstruct the command line that was used to invoke Perl
8795and the debugger.
8796
8797=cut
8798
8799sub restart {
8800 # I may not be able to resurrect you, but here goes ...
8801 print $OUT
8802"Warning: some settings and command-line options may be lost!\n";
8803 my ( @script, @flags, $cl );
8804
8805 # If warn was on before, turn it on again.
8806 push @flags, '-w' if $ini_warn;
8807
8808 # Rebuild the -I flags that were on the initial
8809 # command line.
8810 for (@ini_INC) {
8811 push @flags, '-I', $_;
8812 }
8813
8814 # Turn on taint if it was on before.
8815 push @flags, '-T' if ${^TAINT};
8816
8817 # Arrange for setting the old INC:
8818 # Save the current @init_INC in the environment.
8819 set_list( "PERLDB_INC", @ini_INC );
8820
8821 # If this was a perl one-liner, go to the "file"
8822 # corresponding to the one-liner read all the lines
8823 # out of it (except for the first one, which is going
8824 # to be added back on again when 'perl -d' runs: that's
8825 # the 'require perl5db.pl;' line), and add them back on
8826 # to the command line to be executed.
8827 if ( $0 eq '-e' ) {
8828 for ( 1 .. $#{'::_<-e'} ) { # The first line is PERL5DB
8829 chomp( $cl = ${'::_<-e'}[$_] );
8830 push @script, '-e', $cl;
8831 }
8832 } ## end if ($0 eq '-e')
8833
8834 # Otherwise we just reuse the original name we had
8835 # before.
8836 else {
8837 @script = $0;
8838 }
8839
8840=pod
8841
8842After the command line has been reconstructed, the next step is to save
8843the debugger's status in environment variables. The C<DB::set_list> routine
8844is used to save aggregate variables (both hashes and arrays); scalars are
8845just popped into environment variables directly.
8846
8847=cut
8848
8849 # If the terminal supported history, grab it and
8850 # save that in the environment.
8851 set_list( "PERLDB_HIST",
8852 $term->Features->{getHistory}
8853 ? $term->GetHistory
8854 : @hist );
8855
8856 # Find all the files that were visited during this
8857 # session (i.e., the debugger had magic hashes
8858 # corresponding to them) and stick them in the environment.
8859 my @had_breakpoints = keys %had_breakpoints;
8860 set_list( "PERLDB_VISITED", @had_breakpoints );
8861
8862 # Save the debugger options we chose.
8863 set_list( "PERLDB_OPT", %option );
8864 # set_list( "PERLDB_OPT", options2remember() );
8865
8866 # Save the break-on-loads.
8867 set_list( "PERLDB_ON_LOAD", %break_on_load );
8868
8869=pod
8870
8871The most complex part of this is the saving of all of the breakpoints. They
8872can live in an awful lot of places, and we have to go through all of them,
8873find the breakpoints, and then save them in the appropriate environment
8874variable via C<DB::set_list>.
8875
8876=cut
8877
8878 # Go through all the breakpoints and make sure they're
8879 # still valid.
8880 my @hard;
8881 for ( 0 .. $#had_breakpoints ) {
8882
8883 # We were in this file.
8884 my $file = $had_breakpoints[$_];
8885
8886 # Grab that file's magic line hash.
8887 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
8888
8889 # Skip out if it doesn't exist, or if the breakpoint
8890 # is in a postponed file (we'll do postponed ones
8891 # later).
8892 next unless %dbline or $postponed_file{$file};
8893
8894 # In an eval. This is a little harder, so we'll
8895 # do more processing on that below.
8896 ( push @hard, $file ), next
8897 if $file =~ /^\(\w*eval/;
8898
8899 # XXX I have no idea what this is doing. Yet.
8900 my @add;
8901 @add = %{ $postponed_file{$file} }
8902 if $postponed_file{$file};
8903
8904 # Save the list of all the breakpoints for this file.
8905 set_list( "PERLDB_FILE_$_", %dbline, @add );
8906 } ## end for (0 .. $#had_breakpoints)
8907
8908 # The breakpoint was inside an eval. This is a little
8909 # more difficult. XXX and I don't understand it.
8910 for (@hard) {
8911 # Get over to the eval in question.
8912 *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $_ };
8913 my ( $quoted, $sub, %subs, $line ) = quotemeta $_;
8914 for $sub ( keys %sub ) {
8915 next unless $sub{$sub} =~ /^$quoted:(\d+)-(\d+)$/;
8916 $subs{$sub} = [ $1, $2 ];
8917 }
8918 unless (%subs) {
8919 print $OUT
8920 "No subroutines in $_, ignoring breakpoints.\n";
8921 next;
8922 }
8923 LINES: for $line ( keys %dbline ) {
8924
8925 # One breakpoint per sub only:
8926 my ( $offset, $sub, $found );
8927 SUBS: for $sub ( keys %subs ) {
8928 if (
8929 $subs{$sub}->[1] >=
8930 $line # Not after the subroutine
8931 and (
8932 not defined $offset # Not caught
8933 or $offset < 0
8934 )
8935 )
8936 { # or badly caught
8937 $found = $sub;
8938 $offset = $line - $subs{$sub}->[0];
8939 $offset = "+$offset", last SUBS
8940 if $offset >= 0;
8941 } ## end if ($subs{$sub}->[1] >=...
8942 } ## end for $sub (keys %subs)
8943 if ( defined $offset ) {
8944 $postponed{$found} =
8945 "break $offset if $dbline{$line}";
8946 }
8947 else {
8948 print $OUT
8949"Breakpoint in $_:$line ignored: after all the subroutines.\n";
8950 }
8951 } ## end for $line (keys %dbline)
8952 } ## end for (@hard)
8953
8954 # Save the other things that don't need to be
8955 # processed.
8956 set_list( "PERLDB_POSTPONE", %postponed );
8957 set_list( "PERLDB_PRETYPE", @$pretype );
8958 set_list( "PERLDB_PRE", @$pre );
8959 set_list( "PERLDB_POST", @$post );
8960 set_list( "PERLDB_TYPEAHEAD", @typeahead );
8961
8962 # We are oficially restarting.
8963 $ENV{PERLDB_RESTART} = 1;
8964
8965 # We are junking all child debuggers.
8966 delete $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS}; # Restore ini state
8967
8968 # Set this back to the initial pid.
8969 $ENV{PERLDB_PIDS} = $ini_pids if defined $ini_pids;
8970
8971=pod
8972
8973After all the debugger status has been saved, we take the command we built up
8974and then return it, so we can C<exec()> it. The debugger will spot the
8975C<PERLDB_RESTART> environment variable and realize it needs to reload its state
8976from the environment.
8977
8978=cut
8979
8980 # And run Perl again. Add the "-d" flag, all the
8981 # flags we built up, the script (whether a one-liner
8982 # or a file), add on the -emacs flag for a slave editor,
8983 # and then the old arguments.
8984
8985 return ($^X, '-d', @flags, @script, ($slave_editor ? '-emacs' : ()), @ARGS);
8986
8987}; # end restart
8988
8989=back
8990
8991=head1 END PROCESSING - THE C<END> BLOCK
8992
8993Come here at the very end of processing. We want to go into a
8994loop where we allow the user to enter commands and interact with the
8995debugger, but we don't want anything else to execute.
8996
8997First we set the C<$finished> variable, so that some commands that
8998shouldn't be run after the end of program quit working.
8999
9000We then figure out whether we're truly done (as in the user entered a C<q>
9001command, or we finished execution while running nonstop). If we aren't,
9002we set C<$single> to 1 (causing the debugger to get control again).
9003
9004We then call C<DB::fake::at_exit()>, which returns the C<Use 'q' to quit ...>
9005message and returns control to the debugger. Repeat.
9006
9007When the user finally enters a C<q> command, C<$fall_off_end> is set to
90081 and the C<END> block simply exits with C<$single> set to 0 (don't
9009break, run to completion.).
9010
9011=cut
9012
9013END {
9014 $finished = 1 if $inhibit_exit; # So that some commands may be disabled.
9015 $fall_off_end = 1 unless $inhibit_exit;
9016
9017 # Do not stop in at_exit() and destructors on exit:
9018 if ($fall_off_end or $runnonstop) {
9019 &save_hist();
9020 } else {
9021 $DB::single = 1;
9022 DB::fake::at_exit();
9023 }
9024} ## end END
9025
9026=head1 PRE-5.8 COMMANDS
9027
9028Some of the commands changed function quite a bit in the 5.8 command
9029realignment, so much so that the old code had to be replaced completely.
9030Because we wanted to retain the option of being able to go back to the
9031former command set, we moved the old code off to this section.
9032
9033There's an awful lot of duplicated code here. We've duplicated the
9034comments to keep things clear.
9035
9036=head2 Null command
9037
9038Does nothing. Used to I<turn off> commands.
9039
9040=cut
9041
9042sub cmd_pre580_null {
9043
9044 # do nothing...
9045}
9046
9047=head2 Old C<a> command.
9048
9049This version added actions if you supplied them, and deleted them
9050if you didn't.
9051
9052=cut
9053
9054sub cmd_pre580_a {
9055 my $xcmd = shift;
9056 my $cmd = shift;
9057
9058 # Argument supplied. Add the action.
9059 if ( $cmd =~ /^(\d*)\s*(.*)/ ) {
9060
9061 # If the line isn't there, use the current line.
9062 $i = $1 || $line;
9063 $j = $2;
9064
9065 # If there is an action ...
9066 if ( length $j ) {
9067
9068 # ... but the line isn't breakable, skip it.
9069 if ( $dbline[$i] == 0 ) {
9070 print $OUT "Line $i may not have an action.\n";
9071 }
9072 else {
9073
9074 # ... and the line is breakable:
9075 # Mark that there's an action in this file.
9076 $had_breakpoints{$filename} |= 2;
9077
9078 # Delete any current action.
9079 $dbline{$i} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//;
9080
9081 # Add the new action, continuing the line as needed.
9082 $dbline{$i} .= "\0" . action($j);
9083 }
9084 } ## end if (length $j)
9085
9086 # No action supplied.
9087 else {
9088
9089 # Delete the action.
9090 $dbline{$i} =~ s/\0[^\0]*//;
9091
9092 # Mark as having no break or action if nothing's left.
9093 delete $dbline{$i} if $dbline{$i} eq '';
9094 }
9095 } ## end if ($cmd =~ /^(\d*)\s*(.*)/)
9096} ## end sub cmd_pre580_a
9097
9098=head2 Old C<b> command
9099
9100Add breakpoints.
9101
9102=cut
9103
9104sub cmd_pre580_b {
9105 my $xcmd = shift;
9106 my $cmd = shift;
9107 my $dbline = shift;
9108
9109 # Break on load.
9110 if ( $cmd =~ /^load\b\s*(.*)/ ) {
9111 my $file = $1;
9112 $file =~ s/\s+$//;
9113 &cmd_b_load($file);
9114 }
9115
9116 # b compile|postpone <some sub> [<condition>]
9117 # The interpreter actually traps this one for us; we just put the
9118 # necessary condition in the %postponed hash.
9119 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^(postpone|compile)\b\s*([':A-Za-z_][':\w]*)\s*(.*)/ ) {
9120
9121 # Capture the condition if there is one. Make it true if none.
9122 my $cond = length $3 ? $3 : '1';
9123
9124 # Save the sub name and set $break to 1 if $1 was 'postpone', 0
9125 # if it was 'compile'.
9126 my ( $subname, $break ) = ( $2, $1 eq 'postpone' );
9127
9128 # De-Perl4-ify the name - ' separators to ::.
9129 $subname =~ s/\'/::/g;
9130
9131 # Qualify it into the current package unless it's already qualified.
9132 $subname = "${'package'}::" . $subname
9133 unless $subname =~ /::/;
9134
9135 # Add main if it starts with ::.
9136 $subname = "main" . $subname if substr( $subname, 0, 2 ) eq "::";
9137
9138 # Save the break type for this sub.
9139 $postponed{$subname} = $break ? "break +0 if $cond" : "compile";
9140 } ## end elsif ($cmd =~ ...
9141
9142 # b <sub name> [<condition>]
9143 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^([':A-Za-z_][':\w]*(?:\[.*\])?)\s*(.*)/ ) {
9144 my $subname = $1;
9145 my $cond = length $2 ? $2 : '1';
9146 &cmd_b_sub( $subname, $cond );
9147 }
9148
9149 # b <line> [<condition>].
9150 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^(\d*)\s*(.*)/ ) {
9151 my $i = $1 || $dbline;
9152 my $cond = length $2 ? $2 : '1';
9153 &cmd_b_line( $i, $cond );
9154 }
9155} ## end sub cmd_pre580_b
9156
9157=head2 Old C<D> command.
9158
9159Delete all breakpoints unconditionally.
9160
9161=cut
9162
9163sub cmd_pre580_D {
9164 my $xcmd = shift;
9165 my $cmd = shift;
9166 if ( $cmd =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
9167 print $OUT "Deleting all breakpoints...\n";
9168
9169 # %had_breakpoints lists every file that had at least one
9170 # breakpoint in it.
9171 my $file;
9172 for $file ( keys %had_breakpoints ) {
9173
9174 # Switch to the desired file temporarily.
9175 local *dbline = $main::{ '_<' . $file };
9176
9177 my $max = $#dbline;
9178 my $was;
9179
9180 # For all lines in this file ...
9181 for ( $i = 1 ; $i <= $max ; $i++ ) {
9182
9183 # If there's a breakpoint or action on this line ...
9184 if ( defined $dbline{$i} ) {
9185
9186 # ... remove the breakpoint.
9187 $dbline{$i} =~ s/^[^\0]+//;
9188 if ( $dbline{$i} =~ s/^\0?$// ) {
9189
9190 # Remove the entry altogether if no action is there.
9191 delete $dbline{$i};
9192 }
9193 } ## end if (defined $dbline{$i...
9194 } ## end for ($i = 1 ; $i <= $max...
9195
9196 # If, after we turn off the "there were breakpoints in this file"
9197 # bit, the entry in %had_breakpoints for this file is zero,
9198 # we should remove this file from the hash.
9199 if ( not $had_breakpoints{$file} &= ~1 ) {
9200 delete $had_breakpoints{$file};
9201 }
9202 } ## end for $file (keys %had_breakpoints)
9203
9204 # Kill off all the other breakpoints that are waiting for files that
9205 # haven't been loaded yet.
9206 undef %postponed;
9207 undef %postponed_file;
9208 undef %break_on_load;
9209 } ## end if ($cmd =~ /^\s*$/)
9210} ## end sub cmd_pre580_D
9211
9212=head2 Old C<h> command
9213
9214Print help. Defaults to printing the long-form help; the 5.8 version
9215prints the summary by default.
9216
9217=cut
9218
9219sub cmd_pre580_h {
9220 my $xcmd = shift;
9221 my $cmd = shift;
9222
9223 # Print the *right* help, long format.
9224 if ( $cmd =~ /^\s*$/ ) {
9225 print_help($pre580_help);
9226 }
9227
9228 # 'h h' - explicitly-requested summary.
9229 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^h\s*/ ) {
9230 print_help($pre580_summary);
9231 }
9232
9233 # Find and print a command's help.
9234 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^h\s+(\S.*)$/ ) {
9235 my $asked = $1; # for proper errmsg
9236 my $qasked = quotemeta($asked); # for searching
9237 # XXX: finds CR but not <CR>
9238 if (
9239 $pre580_help =~ /^
9240 <? # Optional '<'
9241 (?:[IB]<) # Optional markup
9242 $qasked # The command name
9243 /mx
9244 )
9245 {
9246
9247 while (
9248 $pre580_help =~ /^
9249 ( # The command help:
9250 <? # Optional '<'
9251 (?:[IB]<) # Optional markup
9252 $qasked # The command name
9253 ([\s\S]*?) # Lines starting with tabs
9254 \n # Final newline
9255 )
9256 (?!\s)/mgx
9257 ) # Line not starting with space
9258 # (Next command's help)
9259 {
9260 print_help($1);
9261 }
9262 } ## end if ($pre580_help =~ /^<?(?:[IB]<)$qasked/m)
9263
9264 # Help not found.
9265 else {
9266 print_help("B<$asked> is not a debugger command.\n");
9267 }
9268 } ## end elsif ($cmd =~ /^h\s+(\S.*)$/)
9269} ## end sub cmd_pre580_h
9270
9271=head2 Old C<W> command
9272
9273C<W E<lt>exprE<gt>> adds a watch expression, C<W> deletes them all.
9274
9275=cut
9276
9277sub cmd_pre580_W {
9278 my $xcmd = shift;
9279 my $cmd = shift;
9280
9281 # Delete all watch expressions.
9282 if ( $cmd =~ /^$/ ) {
9283
9284 # No watching is going on.
9285 $trace &= ~2;
9286
9287 # Kill all the watch expressions and values.
9288 @to_watch = @old_watch = ();
9289 }
9290
9291 # Add a watch expression.
9292 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^(.*)/s ) {
9293
9294 # add it to the list to be watched.
9295 push @to_watch, $1;
9296
9297 # Get the current value of the expression.
9298 # Doesn't handle expressions returning list values!
9299 $evalarg = $1;
9300 my ($val) = &eval;
9301 $val = ( defined $val ) ? "'$val'" : 'undef';
9302
9303 # Save it.
9304 push @old_watch, $val;
9305
9306 # We're watching stuff.
9307 $trace |= 2;
9308
9309 } ## end elsif ($cmd =~ /^(.*)/s)
9310} ## end sub cmd_pre580_W
9311
9312=head1 PRE-AND-POST-PROMPT COMMANDS AND ACTIONS
9313
9314The debugger used to have a bunch of nearly-identical code to handle
9315the pre-and-post-prompt action commands. C<cmd_pre590_prepost> and
9316C<cmd_prepost> unify all this into one set of code to handle the
9317appropriate actions.
9318
9319=head2 C<cmd_pre590_prepost>
9320
9321A small wrapper around C<cmd_prepost>; it makes sure that the default doesn't
9322do something destructive. In pre 5.8 debuggers, the default action was to
9323delete all the actions.
9324
9325=cut
9326
9327sub cmd_pre590_prepost {
9328 my $cmd = shift;
9329 my $line = shift || '*';
9330 my $dbline = shift;
9331
9332 return &cmd_prepost( $cmd, $line, $dbline );
9333} ## end sub cmd_pre590_prepost
9334
9335=head2 C<cmd_prepost>
9336
9337Actually does all the handling for C<E<lt>>, C<E<gt>>, C<{{>, C<{>, etc.
9338Since the lists of actions are all held in arrays that are pointed to by
9339references anyway, all we have to do is pick the right array reference and
9340then use generic code to all, delete, or list actions.
9341
9342=cut
9343
9344sub cmd_prepost {
9345 my $cmd = shift;
9346
9347 # No action supplied defaults to 'list'.
9348 my $line = shift || '?';
9349
9350 # Figure out what to put in the prompt.
9351 my $which = '';
9352
9353 # Make sure we have some array or another to address later.
9354 # This means that if ssome reason the tests fail, we won't be
9355 # trying to stash actions or delete them from the wrong place.
9356 my $aref = [];
9357
9358 # < - Perl code to run before prompt.
9359 if ( $cmd =~ /^\</o ) {
9360 $which = 'pre-perl';
9361 $aref = $pre;
9362 }
9363
9364 # > - Perl code to run after prompt.
9365 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^\>/o ) {
9366 $which = 'post-perl';
9367 $aref = $post;
9368 }
9369
9370 # { - first check for properly-balanced braces.
9371 elsif ( $cmd =~ /^\{/o ) {
9372 if ( $cmd =~ /^\{.*\}$/o && unbalanced( substr( $cmd, 1 ) ) ) {
9373 print $OUT
9374"$cmd is now a debugger command\nuse `;$cmd' if you mean Perl code\n";
9375 }
9376
9377 # Properly balanced. Pre-prompt debugger actions.
9378 else {
9379 $which = 'pre-debugger';
9380 $aref = $pretype;
9381 }
9382 } ## end elsif ( $cmd =~ /^\{/o )
9383
9384 # Did we find something that makes sense?
9385 unless ($which) {
9386 print $OUT "Confused by command: $cmd\n";
9387 }
9388
9389 # Yes.
9390 else {
9391
9392 # List actions.
9393 if ( $line =~ /^\s*\?\s*$/o ) {
9394 unless (@$aref) {
9395
9396 # Nothing there. Complain.
9397 print $OUT "No $which actions.\n";
9398 }
9399 else {
9400
9401 # List the actions in the selected list.
9402 print $OUT "$which commands:\n";
9403 foreach my $action (@$aref) {
9404 print $OUT "\t$cmd -- $action\n";
9405 }
9406 } ## end else
9407 } ## end if ( $line =~ /^\s*\?\s*$/o)
9408
9409 # Might be a delete.
9410 else {
9411 if ( length($cmd) == 1 ) {
9412 if ( $line =~ /^\s*\*\s*$/o ) {
9413
9414 # It's a delete. Get rid of the old actions in the
9415 # selected list..
9416 @$aref = ();
9417 print $OUT "All $cmd actions cleared.\n";
9418 }
9419 else {
9420
9421 # Replace all the actions. (This is a <, >, or {).
9422 @$aref = action($line);
9423 }
9424 } ## end if ( length($cmd) == 1)
9425 elsif ( length($cmd) == 2 ) {
9426
9427 # Add the action to the line. (This is a <<, >>, or {{).
9428 push @$aref, action($line);
9429 }
9430 else {
9431
9432 # <<<, >>>>, {{{{{{ ... something not a command.
9433 print $OUT
9434 "Confused by strange length of $which command($cmd)...\n";
9435 }
9436 } ## end else [ if ( $line =~ /^\s*\?\s*$/o)
9437 } ## end else
9438} ## end sub cmd_prepost
9439
9440=head1 C<DB::fake>
9441
9442Contains the C<at_exit> routine that the debugger uses to issue the
9443C<Debugged program terminated ...> message after the program completes. See
9444the C<END> block documentation for more details.
9445
9446=cut
9447
9448package DB::fake;
9449
9450sub at_exit {
9451 "Debugged program terminated. Use `q' to quit or `R' to restart.";
9452}
9453
9454package DB; # Do not trace this 1; below!
9455
94561;
9457
9458